Finisher K1, Finisher K2 Parts and Service Manual

FINISHER K1/K2
REVISION 0
MAR.2001
FY8-13H4-000
COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. 0000 0000 CANON FINISHER K1/K2 REV.0 MAR. 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Application
This material has been prepared by Canon Inc. for the purposes of making available the
technical information needed for the technical training of technicians responsible for
servicing the product, and to assist them in installation, maintenance and repair. This
material contains information that is pertinent to all regions where the product is to be
sold, and may contain information that is not applicable to individual regions.
Also, the information contained in this material may differ from 'actual machine
specifications', 'machine specifications published in advertising literature' and 'other
printed matter'. Queries regarding the specifications and content of this material should be
directed to the Service Department of the competent sales company.
Revisions
Because of on-going revisions and modifications to the product, some of the details
contained in this material may be inaccurate. For this reason, any revisions or changes in
the information are published as technical information, as and when necessary.
The following statements do not apply in countries or regions where they conflict with
local laws and regulations.
Trademarks
All product names and company names contained in this material are the trademarks or
registered trademarks of those companies.
Copyright
The copyright of this material belongs to Canon Inc. This material may not be
duplicated or reprinted in part or in whole, or translated into other languages, without the
written permission of Canon Inc.
COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC.

Printed in U.S.A.
Imprim au U.S.A.
Warning
This manual is confidential and its content is to be handled with due care.
Failure to do so may result in prosecution.
INTRODUCTION
1 Symbols Used
This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:
Symbol
Description
Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution,
or Warning.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).
Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.
Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric
outlet.
Memo
REF.
Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the

topic in question.
Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question.
Provides a description of a service mode.
Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.
Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents.
COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. 0000 0000 0000 0000 CANON FINISHER K1/K2 REV.0 MAR. 2001
INTRODUCTION
2 Outline of the Sevice Manual

This Service Manual contains basic information needed to service the FINISHER K1/K2
in the field, conducted for the purpose of maintaining its product quality and a specific level
of performance.
This Service Manual consists of the following chapters:
Chapter 1 General Description, shows the features and specifications of the machine,
as well as the names of parts and how to operate it.
Chapter 2 Operations and Timing, explains the mechanical and electrical systems of
the machine by function in relation to the principles of operation and timing
at which they are driven.
Chapter 3 Mechanical Systems, shows how to disassemble/assemble the machine
and make adjustments.
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Inspection, provides tables of periodically replaced
parts and consumables/durables and a scheduled servicing chart.
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting, contains troubleshooting tables and diagrams of electrical
parts, lists of VRs, LEDs, and check pins by PCB, and an outline of selfdiagnosis.
In addition, an appendix is added to offer a general timing chart, list of signals/abbreviations, general circuit diagrams, and PCB diagrams.
The machine comes with an Installation Procedure. Refer to the instructions in the booklet when installing the machine.
ii
INTRODUCTION
The following rules apply throughout this document:

As a rule, the descriptions in this documentation are based on the following:
1. As needed, the work of each function and its relationship with electrical and mechanical parts are explained; where applicable, the timing at which associated parts
are driven are also outlined.
indicates a path of mechanical drive; the symbol
In a diagram, the symbol
accompanied by a notation indicates the flow of an electrical signal.
The expression power-on means turning on the power switch, closing the front
door, and closing the delivery door so that the parts of the machine are supplied with
power.
2. In a digital circuit, the state of a signal is indicated by 1 if its voltage level is high
and by 0 if low. The level of voltage, however, differs from circuit to circuit.
The machine uses a CPU; however, since the internal functions of a CPU is outside
the scope of a service person, detailed explanations are omitted from descriptions. In
this document, a circuit diagram may cover from sensors to inputs of a controller
PCB or from outputs of a controller PCB to loads, or it may be a functional diagram.
The descriptions of the machine are subject to change for product improvement, and major changes will be communicated in the form of Service Information bulletins.
All service persons are expected to be fully familiar with the contents of this Service
Manual and Service Information bulletins to develop a good understanding of the machine,
equipping themselves with the ability and skill to identify faults and to maintain the machine
in good order.
iii
INTRODUCTION
Contents
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION .............. 1-1
1.1 Features ......................................... 1-1
1.2.1 Specifications .......................... 1-3
1.2.2 Cross sections ......................... 1-7
1.3 Module isolation switch ................ 1-7

1.4 Operation of the module isolation
switch ......................................... 1-9
2 MAINTENANCE BY THE USER .. 1-11
CHAPTER 2 OPERATION OVERVIEW

1 BASIC OPERATIONS ........................ 2-1
1.1 Specifications ................................ 2-1
1.2 Outline of Electrical Circuit ......... 2-2
1.2.1 Finisher Assembly ................... 2-2
1.3 Inputs to and Outputs from
the Finisher Controller PCB ...... 2-3
1.3.1 Inputs to the Finisher Controller
PCB ...................................... 2-3
PCB ...................................... 2-4
PCB ...................................... 2-5
PCB (punch-related) ............ 2-6
1.3.5 Outputs to the Finisher Controller
PCB ...................................... 2-7
1.3.6 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB ........................... 2-8
1.3.7 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB ........................... 2-9
1.3.8 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB ......................... 2-10
1.3.9 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB (punch-related) 2-11
1.3.10 Inputs to and Outputs from the
Finisher Controller PCB .... 2-12
iv

2 FEEDING/DRIVE SYSTEM ............ 2-17
2.1 Overview ..................................... 2-17
2.1.1 Normal delivery ..................... 2-18
2.2 Feeding/delivery ......................... 2-22
2.2.1 Overview ............................... 2-22
2.3 Job offset ..................................... 2-26
2.3.1 Overview ............................... 2-26
2.3.2 Stacking sheets on
the processing tray ............. 2-28
2.3.3 Number of sheets for
an offset job ....................... 2-31
2.4 Trailing edge drop function ........ 2-33
2.4.1 Overview ............................... 2-33
2.5 Controlling the knurled belt ........ 2-34
2.5.1 Overview ............................... 2-34
2.5.2 Delivering three sheets .......... 2-35
2.5.3 Multiple sheets on
the processing tray ............. 2-37
2.6 Buffer path .................................. 2-39
3 CONTROLLING THE PADDLE ...... 2-44
3.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-44
4 CONTROLLING THE TRAY
AUXILIARY PLATE ........................ 2-45
4.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-45
4.1.2 Operation ..................................... 2-46
INTRODUCTION
5 STAPLING ........................................ 2-47

5.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-47
5.1.2 Stapling of first sheet ............ 2-48
5.1.3 Stapling of second and
subsequent sheets ............... 2-49
5.1.4 Stapling of last sheet ............. 2-50
5.1.5 Stapler ................................... 2-52
5.1.6 Delivery auxiliary rib
operation ............................ 2-54
6 TRAY OPERATION ......................... 2-55
6.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-55
6.1.2 Trays ...................................... 2-55
6.1.3 Shutter control ....................... 2-57
6.1.4 Detecting topmost sheet of
paper in tray ....................... 2-58
6.1.5 Tray A/B lifting motor
control ................................ 2-59
6.1.6 Tray motor power supply ...... 2-60
7 PUNCH UNIT (Finisher K2 only) .... 2-61
7.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-61
7.1.2 Punching Operation ............... 2-61
7.1.3 Overview of Punching
Operation ........................... 2-64
7.1.4 Horizontal registration

operation ............................ 2-67
7.1.5 Paper trailing edge detection
control ................................ 2-69
7.1.6 Punch Waste Feed Control .... 2-69
7.1.7 Punch waste "Full" sensor ..... 2-70
7.1.8 Punch Registration Motor (M17) /
Punch Motor (M18) Drive
Control ............................... 2-73
7.1.9 Punch power supply .............. 2-74
8 FANS ................................................. 2-75
8.1.1 Overview ............................... 2-75
9 POWER SUPPLY .............................. 2-77
9.1.1 AC Power supply ................... 2-77
9.1.2 DC Power Supply .................. 2-77
9.1.3 Protective functions ............... 2-78
9.1.4 Low Power Switch ................ 2-79
9.1.5 Fan Interlocking Switch ........ 2-79
10 DETECTION JAMS (FINISHER) .. 2-82
10.1.1 Overview ............................. 2-82
11 MODULE ISOLATION .................. 2-85
11.1.1 Overview ............................. 2-85
CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

1 Finisher Unit ........................................ 3-1
1.1 Externals and Controls .................. 3-1
1.1.1 External Covers ....................... 3-1
1.1.2 Removing the Upper Cover
Unit ...................................... 3-2
1.1.4 Adjusting the Height ............... 3-4
1.1.5 Correcting the Slope ................ 3-8
1.1.6 Removing the Stack
Wall (upper) ....................... 3-11
1.1.7 Removing the Stack
Wall (lower) ....................... 3-11
1.1.8 Mounting the Stack
Wall (lower) ....................... 3-12
1.2 Handling Tray Unit ..................... 3-13
1.2.1 Removing the Handling
Tray Unit ............................ 3-13
1.2.2 Removing the Paddle Unit .... 3-15
1.2.3 Removing the Paddle Unit .... 3-15

1.2.4 Removing the Handling
Tray .................................... 3-16
1.2.5 Removing the Alignment
Motor ................................. 3-17
1.3 Tray A Unit/Tray B Unit ............. 3-19
1.3.1 Moving Down the Tray A/B
Unit .................................... 3-19
1.3.2 Removing the Tray A Unit .... 3-20
1.3.3 Removing the Tray B Unit .... 3-20
1.3.4 Removing the Try A/B Lift
Motor (M13/M12) ............. 3-21
1.3.5 Mounting the Tray A/B Lift
Motor (M13/M12) ............. 3-22
1.3.6 Position of Tray B at
Power-On ........................... 3-23
1.3.7 Harness of the Tray A/B ........ 3-24
INTRODUCTION
1.3.8 Points to Note When Handling the

Stack Wall Rail .................. 3-24
1.4 Knurled Belt Releasing Unit ...... 3-25
1.4.1 Removing the Knurled Belt
Releasing Unit ................... 3-25
1.5 Knurled Belt ............................... 3-26
1.5.1 Remove the Knurled Belt ...... 3-26
1.6 Buffer Roller Unit ....................... 3-27
1.6.1 Removing the Buffer Roller
Unit .................................... 3-27
1.7 Stapler Unit ................................. 3-32
1.7.1 Removing the Stapler ............ 3-32
1.7.2 Adjusting the Position of
the Stapler Paper Stopper .. 3-33
1.7.3 Positioning the Stapler .......... 3-34

the Stapler (front, 1-point) . 3-37
1.7.5 Adjusting the Stapling
Position (rear, 1-point) ....... 3-38
1.8 Punch Unit .................................. 3-40
1.8.1 Removing the Punch Slide
Unit .................................... 3-40
1.8.2 Mounting the Punch Waste
Case Holder ....................... 3-43
1.9 PCBs ........................................... 3-44
1.9.1 Removing the Finisher
Controller PCB .................. 3-44
CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................. 4-1
1.1 Finisher Unit ................................. 4-1
2 Guide to Durables ................................ 4-2
2.1 Finisher Unit ................................. 4-2

3 Scheduled Maintenance ....................... 4-4
3.1 Finisher Unit ................................. 4-4
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING
1 Making Adjustments ............................ 5-1
1.1 Electrical System .......................... 5-1
1.1.1 Adjusting the Alignment
Width ................................... 5-1
1.1.2 Adjusting the Stapling Position
(front, 1-position) ................ 5-2
(rear 1-point) ........................ 5-4
1.1.4 Adjusting the Wrapping on the
Buffer Roller ........................ 5-5
1.1.5 Sensor Initial Adjustment ........ 5-7
1.1.6 Adjusting the Speed of the
Swing Guide ........................ 5-8
1.1.7 Indication for the Swing Guide
Speed ...................................... 9
1.1.8 Adjusting the Position of Punch
Holes (feed direction) ........ 5-10
vi
1.1.9 Adjusting the Punch Hole

Position (in direction of horizontal registration) ............. 5-11
1.1.10 Adjusting the Sensitivity of
the Sensors ......................... 5-12
1.1.11 After Replacing the EEPROM
(IC102) .............................. 5-14
1.1.12 Replacing the Finisher
Controller (in response to
E505) ................................. 5-15
1.1.13 Initializing the RAM ........... 5-15
1.1.14 Selecting Upward Curl Paper
Mode ..................................... 16
1.1.15 Selecting Downward Curl
Paper Mode ........................ 5-17
2 Arrangement of Electrical Parts ........ 5-19
2.1 Finisher Unit ............................... 5-19
INTRODUCTION
2.1.1 Sensors .................................. 5-19

2.1.2 Microswitches ....................... 5-21
2.1.3 Motors ................................... 5-23
2.1.4 Solenoids ............................... 5-25
2.1.5 PCBs ...................................... 5-27
2.1.6 Fans ....................................... 5-29
2.2 LEDs and Check Pins by PCB ... 5-30
2.2.1 Finisher Controller PCB ........ 5-30
2.2.2 Punch Drive PCB .................. 5-32
2.2.3 Functions of the DIP Switch . 5-33
2.3 Upgrading ................................... 5-39
3 Troubleshooting Malfunctions .......... 5-45
3.1 Finisher Unit ............................... 5-45
3.1.1 E500 (communication with
copier) ................................ 5-45
3.1.2 E503 (communication with
saddle stitcher unit) ............ 5-45
3.1.3 E505 (checksum fault) .......... 5-45
3.1.4 E506 ...................................... 5-47
3.1.5 E510 (inlet motor M1 fault) .. 5-47
3.1.6 E514 (stack delivery motor
M7 fault) ............................ 5-49
3.1.7 E530 (rear aligning plate motor
M5) .................................... 5-49
3.1.8 E531 (stapler motor M11) ..... 5-51
3.1.9 E532 (stapler shift motor
M10) .................................. 5-51
3.1.10 E535 (swing motor M8 fault;

detail code 62) ................... 5-53
3.1.11 E535 (swing motor M8;
detail code 01) ................... 5-53
3.1.12 E537 (front aligning plate
motor M4) ............................. 55
3.1.13 E540 (tray A lifter motor
M13) .................................. 5-55
3.1.14 E542 (tray B lift motor M12;
during operation) ............... 5-55
3.1.15 E551 (activation power supply
fan FM1; detail code 01) ... 5-55
3.1.16 E551 (activation feeder cooling
fan FM2; detail code 02) ... 5-55
3.1.17 E577 (paddle motor M9) ..... 5-57
3.1.18 E583 (tray auxiliary plate
motor M6) .......................... 5-57
3.1.19 E584 (shutter) ...................... 5-57
3.1.20 E590 (punch rotation) ......... 5-57
3.1.21 E593 (punch registration) .... 5-57
4 Self Diagnosis .................................... 5-59
4.1 Self Diagnosis ............................. 5-59
4.1.1 Finisher Unit ......................... 5-59
4.2 Alarm .......................................... 5-64
4.2.1 Finisher Unit ......................... 5-64
APPENDIX
1 GENERAL TIMING CHART ............ A-1
1.1 Finisher Unit ................................ A-1
2 LIST OF SIGNALS/
ABBREVIASTIONS ......................... A-3
2.1.1 Finisher ................................... A-3
3 FINISHER GENERAL CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM ........................................ A-5
4 FINISHER CONTROLLER PCB ...... A-7
5 PUNCH DRIVER PCB .................... A-29

6 STAPLER DRIVER PCB ................. A-32
7 FUSE PCB ........................................ A-33
8 SWITCH PCB .................................. A-34
9 AREA SENSOR PCB ...................... A-55
10 SOLVENTS AND OILS LIST ....... A-56
11 SPECIAL TOOLS .......................... A-57
vii
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1 Features
a. Two types of stacking trays
The product features two different stacking trays, tray A and tray B, which are used for
different purposes.
b. Large stacking capacity
Tray A can accommodate a stack of paper up to a maximum height of 147mm, while
tray B can .accommodate a stack of paper up to a maximum height of 285mm (small
size) and 147mm (large size).
c. Wide range of paper types
The product can accommodate a wide range of paper types, from 64 to 200mg/m2.
d. Stack job offset function
The stack job offset function is available for the sorting of non-stapled stacks.
e. Three types of auto-stapling
There are three stapling positions (front-slanted, rear-slanted, two-point).
f. Buffer rollers for increased productivity
The buffer rollers mean that the copier can keep feeding paper even while the finisher is
stapling or off-setting.
g. Punch function (Finisher K2 only)
The punch function allows holes to be punched in the paper before delivery, to allow the
paper to be filed in binders. (Accommodates 64 to 200mg/m2 paper. Does not accommodate tracing paper or OHP film.)
1-1
1.2 Specifications
1.2.1 Specifications
a. Saddle Finisher K3/K4
Finisher assembly
Item
Lifting system
Specification
Tray A
Tray B
Stacking
Tray A
Tray B
Stack paper size Tray A
Tray B
up/down
up/down
same as copier delivery method
face-down
Postcard to A3/ 279.4 x 431.8mm
A5/SMT to A3/279.4 x 431.8mm
64 to 200g/m2
Staple stacking, non-staple stacking
Tray A Equivalent to 1,000 sheets (small/ large
size) 147mm
Tray B Equivalent to 2,000 sheets (small size)
285mm, or1,000 sheets (large size) 147mm
Staple Tray A Equivalent to 1,000 sheets or 100 sets
(small/ large size)
sorting
Tray B Equivalent to 2,000 sheets or 100 sets
(small size) 285mm, or1,000 sheets or 100
sets (large size) 147mm
Mixed staple/
Tray B Stops when either of the following conditions is met. 2,000 sheets or 100 sets
non-staple
(small size)1,000 sheets or 100 sets or 30
folded sheets (large size)
Stack thickness Tray A Max. 20 sheets of folded paper
with folded
Tray B Max. 10 sheets of folded paper per set/ 30
sheets of folded paper per job (1 sheet of
paper mixed
folded paper is counted the same as 5
sheets of plain paper.)
Stacking
Tray A Front/ rear stack offset
condition
Tray B Staple (one): 20mm
Staple (two): 30mm (one staple at 5/B4)
Non-staple: 30mm (LTR/11 x 17:36mm)
Paper weight
Modes
NonStack
height staple
sorting
Remarks
Postcards feed in the R direction only.

A5/SMT feeds in the R direction only. B5/A4/LTR feed in
the horizontal direction only.
Mixed stacking possible under certain conditions.
Equivalent to 80g/m2 paper
Stacking ability not guaranteed. The whole stack is

treated as large size if one
large size sheet is included.
Equivalent to 80g/m2 paper
No offset stacking in Tray A

for non-sort delivery
Note1: Small size refers to A4, A5, B5, postcards, LTR and STMT.
Large size refers to A3, B4, 279.4 x 431.8mm (11 x 17) and LGL.
T01-102-01
1-2
Item
Paper detection
Control panel
Display
Installation method
Measurements
Weight
Power supply
Max. power consumption
Stapling method
Stapling position
Stapling thickness
Staple loading
Staples
Staple cartridge type
detection
Staple detection
Automatic staple reposition
Available 1-point stapling
stapling
sizes
2-point stapling
Manual stapling
Jogging accuracy
Specification
Tray A
Yes
Tray B
No
No
Latching with mount (height adjustable with casters)
Approx. 802mm (W) x 738mm (D) x 995 (H)
Approx. 127kg/ approx. 192kg (incl. inserter approx.
16kg, feeder approx. 49kg)
100 to 120V/ 50, 60Hz, 230V/ 50Hz.
60W
Punching by rotating cam (Face-down stapling)
See below
Staple cartridge type A
A4/ B5/ LTR 100 sheets (80g/m2) or 98 sheets (80g/
m2) + 2 sheets (200g/m2)and paper
stack thickness max. 11mm
Staple cartridge type B
A4R/ B4/ A3 50 sheets (80g/m2) or 48 sheets (80g/
B5/ B4/ LTR m2) + 2 sheets (200g/m2) and paper
LTRR/ LGL stack thickness max. 5.5mm
297.4 x 4342.8mm (11 x 17)
Special cartridge (5,000 staples)
Special staples
Remarks
Note 2
20 sheets for
200g/m2) paper
10 sheets for
200g/m2) paper
Yes
Yes
Up to 10 times
Front/rear A3, A4, A4R, B4, B5, 279.4 x 431.8mm,
(11 x 17) LGL, LTR, LTRR
A3, A4, B4, B5, 279.4 x 431.8mm, (11 x 17) LTR
No
Non-sort Tray A
Max. 100mm
Sort
Max. 60mm
Tray A/B Left/right
direction (X)
Front/rear
Within stack
direction (Y) Max. 15mm
Between stacks
Min. 15mm
max. 60mm
Staple
Tray B
2.0mm max.
Note 2: Width with folder connected is 986mm

Height with inserter connected is 1138mm (auxiliary tray open)
T01-102-02
These specifications are subject to change for the purposes of product improvement.
1-3

1-point stapling
(Front)
1-point stapling
(Rear)
2-point stapling
2-point stapling
A3, A4
279.4mm x
431.8mm
(11x17),
LTR
68.5 4 *2
188.5 4 *1
79.5 4 *2
199.5 4 *1
6 2
88.5 4 *2
208.5 4 *1
6 2
*2
5 2
6 2
30
*2
5 2
5 2
5 2
30
B4, B5
Unit: mm
*1 Stapling interval may be adjusted in user mode.
*2 Stapling position may be adjusted by DIP switch.
F01-102-01
Punch related items (Finisher K2 only)
Item
Specifications
Punching method
Paper type
Paper size
Hole diameter
Punch waste capacity
Punch waste 'Full'

display
Punch mode selection
Punch position
Press-punch system (paper stops momentarily to be punched)

64 to 200g/m2 (OHP film, tracing paper not accommodated)
2 holes:
A3/ A4/ A4R/ B4/ B5/ B5R (100/ 230V)
3/2 holes: 279.4 x 431.8 (11 x 17) (280V)
2 holes LGL. LTRR
4 holes:
A3, A4 (230V)
2 holes:
6.5mm
3/2 holes: 8mm
4 holes:
6.5mm
2 holes:
20,000 sheets or more (when using 80/m2 paper)
3/2 holes: 10,000 sheets or more (when using 80/m2 paper)
4 holes:
10,000 sheets or more (when using 80/m2 paper)
Displayed on main unit control panel.
Selected on main unit control panel.
2 holes (except USA)
L1= A4/A3 : 108.5 3mm
B5/B4 : 88.5 3mm
12 3mm
A4R : 65 3mm
B5R : 51 3mm
80 0.5mm
L1
3 holes (USA)
2 holes (USA)
12 3mm
108 1mm108 1mm L1
L1=LTR/279.4 x 431.8mm(11 x 7):
31.5 3mm
1-4
69.85 1mm L1
L1=LGL/LTRR:73 3mm
Item
Specifications
4 holes (FRN)
4 holes (SWE)
12 3mm
80 1mm
80 1mm
80 1mm
L1
L1=A4/A3:28.5 3mm
L1
70 1mm
21 1mm 21 1mm
L1=A4/A3:29.5 3mm
T01-102-03
These specifications are subject to change for the purposes of product improvement.
1-5
1.2.2 Cross sections

a. Finisher
[1][2][3] [4]
[19]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[18]
[17]
Tray B
Swing guide
Paddle
Tray A
Non-sort delivery roller
Upper path switching flapper
Buffer roller
Buffer switching flapper
Punch unit (Finisher K2 only)
Inlet roller
[7]
[8]
[16]
[9] [10]
[15] [14][13][12] [11]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
Pre-delivery roller
Stapler
Movable roller
Delivery roller
Knurled belt
Processing tray
Jogging plate (front, rear)
Tray auxiliary plate
Stack delivery roller
F01-102-02
1-6
1.3 Module isolation switch

If a particular error is displayed, the module separation switch on the finisher can be used
to isolate the problem module and make copies or printouts from a different part of the machine.
Display and cause
Treatment
E590, E593, E594, E595

Punch unit is broken.
E540
Tray A is broken.
E515
The inserter is broken.
E518
The folder is broken
E503, E5f0, E5f1, E5f2, E5f3, E5f4, E5f5, E5f6,
E5f7, E5f8, E5f9
The saddle stitcher is broken.
Use the module isolation switch to isolate the

punch unit and make copies or printouts from a
different part of the machine.Ref: Module isolation switch operation
Use the module isolation switch to secure tray A
and make copies or printouts.
Use the module isolation switch to isolate the inserter and make copies or printouts from a different part of the machine.
Use the module isolation switch to isolate the Zfolding function and make copies or printouts
from a different part of the machine.
Use the module isolation switch to isolate centre
stitching function and make copies or printouts
from a different part of the machine.
T01-103-01
1-7
1.4 Operation of the module

isolation switch
The module isolation switch is used when
a particular service call is displayed. The
module isolation switch is used to switch
OFF the malfunctioning module, so that
copying and printing can be performed from
another module.
The message shown on the right is displayed in the basic window.
F01-104-01a
F01-104-02b
1) Open the front cover.
2) Open the module isolation switch cover
and turn the malfunctioning module
OFF.
1 HOLE PUNCH
2 TRAY
3 SHEET
INSERTER
4 Z-FOLD
5 BOOKLET
6
OFF
ON
F01-104-02
1-8
In the event of a malfunction in

the punch unit or tray A, the following procedure should be carried out in addition to operating
the isolation switch.
If the saddle stitcher, paper
folding unit or inserter are
malfunctioning, the following
procedures are not necessary.
Proceed to step 3), after
switching the problem module
OFF.
a. Faulty punch unit
Push the punch unit lever around to the
position '1111'.
F01-104-03
Open the inserter and then open the upper
cover.
F01-104-04
1-9
Push the lever all the way to the back.

If the lever is already at the back, this
operation is not necessary.
Lever
F01-104-05
Close the upper cover and return the inserter to its original position.
b. Faulty tray A
Hold the tray at both sides and shift it until it is in the position indicated by the arrows.
F01-104-06
3) Close the front cover.
1-10
2 MAINTENANCE BY THE USER

As of February 2001
No.
1
2
3
Item
When
Replace staple cartridge (finisher)

Replace staple cartridge (saddle stitcher)
Remove punch waste paper
indicator flashes (on copier control panel)

T01-201-01
1-11
CHAPTER 2
OPERATION OVERVIEW
1 BASIC OPERATIONS
1.1 Specifications
A finisher is designe to d receive the output of its host machine for extra processing before delivery; the mode of delivery may be non-sort stack, job offset*, or staple/punch.
The operations associated with these tasks are controlled by the finisher controller PCB
and commands from the host machine.
Swing guide control system
Control system
Alignment control system

Stapler control system
Delivery control system
Feeding control system
Tray control system
Inlet control system
Buffer control system
Punch control system
F02-101-01
In job offset delivery, each stack of sheets is moved to the front or the rear
to enable grouping of stacks.
2-1
1.2 Outline of Electrical Circuit

1.2.1 Finisher Assembly
The sequence of operations of the finisher is controlled by the finisher controller PCB,
which is a 16-bit microprocessor (CPU); in addition to controlling the sequence, it communicates with the host machine in serial.
In response to the various commands from the host machine through the serial communication line, the finisher controller PCB drives the solenoids and motors. It in turn sends information about the sensors and the switches to the host machine using the serial communication line.
The ICs mounted to the finisher controller PCB have the following major functions:
IC106 (master CPU):
controls sequence of operations.
IC108 (master EEPROM): backs up adjustment values.
IC110 (master EPROM):
stores sequence programs.
backs up initial settings data
IC113 (communication IC): communicates with the copier and the saddle stitcher unit
IC125 (slave CPU):
controls sequence of operations.
IC123 (DPRAM):
controls communication between master CPU and slave
CPU.
F02-102-01 shows the flow of signals between finisher and copier:
Finisher unit
Copier main
controller
PCB (CPU)
Fuse PCB
Finisher
controller PCB
Motor
IC106
Master
CPU
Switch
IC113
Communi
cation IC
Solenoid
Sensor
Fan
IC108
IC108
Master
Slave
EEPROM CPU
Punch driver
PCB
IC110
Master
IC123
EEPROM DPRAM
Fan
Fan
Motor
Sensor
F02-102-01
2-2
1.3 Inputs to and Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB

1.3.1 Inputs to the Finisher Controller PCB
Finisher controller PCB
PI1
J100-3
-1
-2
J119B-4 +5V
-6
-5 FDROPN
PI2
J70-3
-1
-2
J119B-1 +5V
-3
When paper is over
-2 ENTPASSPA the inlet path sensor,
PI3
J24-3
-1
-2
-5
-7
-6
PI4
J33-3
-1
-2
-2
-4
-3
PI5
J25-3
-1
-2
PI6
J27-3
-1
-2
PI7
J42-3
-1
-2
Front door
sensor
Inlet path
paper
sensor
When the front cover

is open, '1'.
Front
aligning
plate home
position
sensor
J23
-3
-1
-2
J118B-2 +5V
-4
-3 STDLV
When paper is at the

sorter delivery
assembly, '1'.
J118A-10 +5V
When the upper
-12
-11 UPCVROPN cover is open, '1'.
-1
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-11
-9
-10
J118B-12 +5V
-14 NSTDLV
-13
-3
-1
-2
-1
-3
-2
J38B
Non-sort
delivery
sensor
J118A-7 +5V
-9
-8 BFPSSXIT buffer path outlet, '1'.
J26
Upper
cover open
sensor
J39B
Sort
delivery
sensor
-3
-1
-2
J31
'1'.
Post-buffer
path paper
sensor
-11
-9
-10
J104B-1 +5V
-3
-2 FJOGHP

non-sort delivery
assembly, '1'.
When the front
aligning plate is in
home position, '1'.
F02-103-01
2-3

J48-1
-2
-3
-3
-2
-1
Stack feed
motor clock
sensor
PI10
J52-1
-2
-3
-9
-8
-7
-1
-3
-2
PI13
J65-3
-1
-2
Swing
guide
closed
sensor
PI14
J67-3
-1
-2
-1
-3
-2
PI15
J63-3
-1
-2
-4
-6
-5
-6
-8
-7
J64
Paddle
home
position
sensor
Tray B
paper
sensor
-7
-8
-9
J105B-3
-2
-1
+5V
motor is rotating,
SWGMTRCLK
-1
-2
-3
J105B-9
-8
-7
+5V
When the stack feed
BFDMTRCLK motor is rotating,
-4
-2
-3
-7
-9
-8
-3
-1
-2
J45B
-1
-3
-2
J62-3
-1
-2
Stapler
shift home
position
sensor
+5V
RJOGHP
-6
-4
-5
-4
-2
-3
-6
-8
-7
J63A
J51-3
-1
-2
J61B
PI11
PI12
Swing
guide open
sensor
J104B-4
-6
-5
When the rear

aligning plate is in
home position, '1'.
When the swing
alternately between
'1' and '0'.
-3
-1
-2
J105B-4
-6
-5
+5V
SPTTRYIN
When the tray

auxiliary plate is
detracted, '1'.
J106-1
-3
-2
+5V
STCLS
When the shutter is

in home position, '1'.
J107A-6
-8
-7
+5V
PDLHP
When the paddle is

in home position, '0'.
J63B
Shutter
home
position
sensor
-8
-6
-7
alternately between
'1' and '0'.
J50
Tray
auxiliary
plate
detraction
sensor
-4
-6
-5
J38B
PI9
-8
-6
-7
J45B
Swing
motor clock
sensor
-4
-6
-5
J71
J43-3
-1
-2
J39B
PI8
-8
-6
-7
J107B-1
-3
-2
+5V
SWDGDCL
When the swing

guide is closed, '0'.
J63B
Rear
aligning
plate home
position
sensor
-5
-3
-4
J107B-4
-6
-5
+5V
SWOPN
When the swing

guide is open, '0'.
+5V
STPLHP
When the stapler is

in home position for a
shift, '1'.
+SV
STTRYPA
When paper is in the

tray B, '1'.
PI16
J73-3
-1
-2
J110B-10
-12
-11
PI17
J92-3
-1
-2
J109B-6
-8
-7
F02-103-02
2-4

Tray A idle
rotation
sensor
PI19
PI20
Tray A paper
sensor
PI29
J113B-9 +5V
-11 SMPTRYDL
-10
J83-3
-1
-2
J113B-6 +5V
-8 SMPTRYPA When paper is in tray
-7
A, '1'.
the rotation of the tray

B lift motor.
Alternately '1' and '0'
according to the
rotation of the tray A
lift motor.
J79-3
-1
-2
-7
-9
-8
-6
-5
-4
J110B-7 +5V
-9 KRLBLEB1 When the saddle unit
-8
is over the sensor, '1'.
J78-3
-1
-2
-4
-6
-5
-9
-7
-8
J110B-4 +5V
When the saddle unit
-6 KRLBLEB2
is over the sensor,
-5
'11'.
PI30
Knurled belt
home
position
sensor
PI31
PI32
J77-3
-1
-2
-1
-3
-2
-12
-10
-11
J32-3
-1
-2
-1
-3
-2
-3
-1
-2
J34-3
-1
-2
-9
-11
-10
-3
-1
-2
J110B-1 +5V
-3 KRLBLEB3 When the saddle unit
-2
is over the sensor, '1'.
J118-5 +5V
-7 KRLBLHP
-6
-9
-11
-10
J38B
Knurled belt
shift enable
sensor 3
Stack
delivery
sensor
J86-3
-1
-2
J30
Knurled belt
shift enable
sensor 2
PI28
Alternately between '1'

J109B-9 +5V
-11 STTRYDL and '0' according to
-10
J39B
Knurled belt
shit enable
sensor 1
J93-3
-1
-2
J76
Tray B idle
rotation
sensor
PI18
-3
-1
-2
When the knurled belt

is in home position, '1'.
J104B-9 +5V
When paper is in the
-11 BNDLDELV
handling tray/stack
-10
delivery assembly, '1'.
F02-103-03
2-5
1.3.4 Inputs to the Finisher Controller PCB (punch-related)
PI21 J1001-3
-1
-2
Punch motor
home position
sensor
PI22
PI24
PI25
Punch front
sensor
Punch
waste paper
sensor
Punch
waste paper
feed sensor
Punch 2/3hole sensor
J741B-8

J116B-8 PHPADG When the paper
side edge is over
the sensor, '1'.

J741B-9
When the punch
J116B-7 PCHMHP
motor is in home
position, '0'.
PI23
PI26
PI27
PI33
J1010-3
-1
-2
-4
-6
-5
J1012-3 -1
-1 -3
-2 -2
-3 -7
-1 -9
-2 -8
J1007
Punch home
position
sensor
-7 J747B-1
-9
-3 +5V
-8
-2
J747A-4 +5V
-6
-5
J1009-3
-1
-2
J1006
Punch sensor
home position
sensor
-1
-3
-2
J1007
Punch driver PCB

Punch
paper edge
sensor
When the punch
-6 J747B-4 +5V
-4
-6
-5
-5
J741B-12 J116B-4 PCHSNSHP

sensor is in home
-3 J747B-7 +5V
-1
-9
-2
-8
J741B-11 J116B-5 PCHHP

unit is in home
position, '1'.
When the punch
position, '1'.
When a hole is
J1013-3
-1
-2
J747A-1 +5V
-3
-2
J1002-3
-1
-2
J748-6 +5V
-8
-7
J741B-3 J116B-13 PHCONTST over the sensor,
J1004-3
-1
-2
J742-1 +5V
-3
-2
Alternately between
J741B-2 J116B-14 PHFEEDMT '1' and '0' while the
punch waste feed
motor is rotating.
J1008-3
-1
-2
J747-7 +5V
-9
-8
J741B-13 J116B-3 PCH2/3HL When the punch

unit is set to 2-hole
J741B-10 J116B-6 PCHFRT

made, '1'.
When the flag is

'1'.
configuration, '1'.
PI34
Punch
J1003-1
motor clock
-2
-3
sensor
Punch waste sensor PCB (S6)
J941-5
J750-3 +5V
-2
-1
J748-1 +5V
-3
-3
-2
-4
-1
-5
-4
-2
J741B-7
Alternately between
J116B-9 PCHMRCLK
'1' and '0' while the
punch motor is
rotating.
When the light of
J741B-4 J116B-12 DSTD
the LED hits any of
the photosensors
J741B-5 J116B-11
FULLED of the PCB, '1'.
When '1', the LED
J741B-6 J116B-10
MDLED on the PCB goes
ON. (output)
When '1', the LED
on the PCB goes
ON. (output)
F02-103-04
2-6
1.3.5 Outputs to the Finisher Controller PCB

Buffer path switching solenoid

SL1
J21
-1
-2
Upper path switching solenoid

SL2
J20
-2
-1
-2
J118A-1
-1
-2
-2
J117-1
-1
-2
Sub tray solenoid (w/ folder installed)

-3
-2
-1
J109B-12
-13
-14
Delivery auxiliary rib tray solenoid

-1
Rear edge drop solenoid

SL5
Inlet motor
M1
J36
-2
-1
-1 -8
-4 -8
-2
-1
-1
-2
J38
J44
SL4
-5 -7
J39
-2 -7
-2
J91
SL3
J94
-3
-2
-1
-5
J104B
-7
-4
-8
-2
J117A
-8
-1
-9
+24VDLV
BFPSSCHG*
When '0', the solenoid

goes ON.
+24VDLV

goes ON.
UPSCHG *
+24VDLV
SBTRYPL* When '0', the solenoid is pulled.

SBTRYPH* When '0', the solenoid is pushed.
+24VDLV
DLVAUXSL

goes ON.
+24VDLV
TRLEDGSL

goes ON.
+24VFED
J95-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J121-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-8
-9
-10
-7
-6
-5
-4
-11
-12
-3 INPASSMLOOK Controls the current level

-2 INPASSMFG
using voltage.
-1 INPASSMGAINON
-13
+5V
INPASSMON*
INPASSMCW*
INPASSMBRK
INPASSMCLK
When '0', the motor goes ON.

The motor rotates in normal
direction at '0'.
When '1', the motor is braked.
Alternately between '1' and '0'
when the motor is rotating.
+5V
Buffer motor
drive PCB
Buffer motor
M2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
+24V
+24V
A
A*
B
B*
J96-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
J120A-1
-2
-3
-4
-5

and '0' to rotate the motor.
-6 BUFMHLD Controls the current level

using voltage.
-7 N.C.
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
BUFMB*
BUFMA*
BUFMB
BUFMA
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
+24VFED
F02-103-05
2-7
1.3.6 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB

+5V
J97-13
-12
-11
-10
Delivery motor
driver PCB
-9
+24V
+24V
A
A*
B
B*
Front aligning
-5
plate motor
-13
-2
-3
-2
-3
-4
-3
-8 -4
-9 -3
-8
-9
-4
-2
-10 -2
-10
-4
J40
-2
-3
-5 -6
-1 -10
-2 -9
-3 -8
-4
-7
-6 -6
-2 -10
-9
-8
-3
-4
-5
-7
-5
-5
-1
-5
-1
-5
-9
-2
-3
-2
-3
-8
-7
-4
-6
J46
-6
-2
-3
-4
-5
-1
-4
J38A
-1
-11
-7
-1
M6
-1
-11 -1
-7 -5
Rear alighting
-5
plate motor
Tray auxiliary
plate motor
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-1
-5
-4
M5
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-5
-1
J41
M4
-7
J45A
M3
1
2
3
4
5
6
-2
-3
Alternately between '1' and '0'

to rotate the motor.
-6 EJCMHLD Controls the motor current using

-7 N.C.
voltage.
-8
1
2
3
4
5
6
J39A
Delivery
motor
J120B-1
-2 EJCMB*
-3 EJCMA*
-4 EJCMB
-5 EJCMA
+24VDLV
+24VDLV
J104A-1
-5 FJOGMA
-4 FJOGMB
Alternately between '1' and
-3 FJOGMA*
'0' to rotate the motor.
-2 FJOGMB*
+24VDLV
J104A-6
-10 RJOGMA
-9 RJOGMB
-8 RJOGMA*
-7 RJOGMB*
+24VDLV
J105A-5
-9 SPTTRYMA
-8 SPTTRYMB
-7 SPTTRYMA*
-6 SPTTRYMB*
-4
M8
-2
-1
Swing
motor
-1
-2
-1
-2
-1
-2
-3
-4
J58
-2
-1
J60
M7
J59
Stack delivery motor

-1
-2
J128-1
-3
-4
-3
-2
Switches between '1' and '0' according

to the direction of motor rotation.
+24VDLV
-4
Switches between '1' and '0' according

to the direction of motor rotation.
F02-103-06
2-8

M9
-5
-1
-2
-3
-4
-1
-5
-4
-3
-2
-8
-4
-5
-6
-7
-1
-5
-4
-3
-2
J63A
-5
-1
-2
-3
-4
J64
Paddle
motor
J66
+24VDVL
-8 J107A-1
-4
-5 PDLMA
-5
-4 PDLMB
-6
-3 PDLMA*
-7
-2 PDLMB*
Alternteles between
'1' and '0' to rotate
the motor.
+5V
Tray B lift
motor driver
PCB
Tray B
Lift motor
M12
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
+36V
+36V
A
A*
B
B*
J89-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
J109A-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
STTRYMB*
STTRYMA*
STTRYMB
STTRYMA
Alternates
between '1' and '0'
to rotate the motor.
Controls the motor

-6 STTRYMHLD
current using
-7 N.C.
voltage.
+36VTRY
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Fuse PCB
24VFAN
J716-1
FM1
J715-1
-2
-3
J103-8 FANON
-2
When '0', the fan

rotates.
-7 FANSTP When '1', the fan

stops.
Power supply
fan
F02-103-07
2-9

+5V
J113A-1
-2 STTRYMB*
-3 STTRYMA*
-4 STTRYMB
J81-13
-12
Tray A lift
motor driver
PCB
-11
-10
Tray A
lift motor
M13
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
+36V
+36V
A
A*
B
B*
-9
-5 STTRYMA
-8
-6 STTRYMHLD
-7 N.C.
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-1
-13
Alternates between '1'

and '0' to rotate the
motor.
Controls the motor
current using voltage.
+36VTRYA
Knurled belt motor

-1
RLTMA
-4
-2
RLTMB
-3
-3
-3
-3
RLTMA*
-2
-4
-2
-4
RLTMB*
-3
-2
Folder driver PCB

+24VFED
J799
+5V
-1
-3
J792A
-5
-6 -4
-5 -5
-6
-2
-4
J1093
-1
Folder
-3
motor
-5
-7
M71
-2
-4
FFMON
When '0', the

motor goes
ON.
Inserter
motor
-6 -5

and '0' to rotate the
motor.
J122A
Motor speed control clock
-6 -4 FFMCLK signal
-5 -5 FFMFG Varies clock intervals
J792A-1
J125B-6
-4
-9
according to the speed of

motor rotation. (input)
Serial combination
Inserter drive PCB

+24VINS
Motor
drive J841B
-2 INSMON circuit
-1 -9
J847
-1 -1
-2
J1065
J1075
M61
-7 -4
J1089
-5
-2
J35
-1
-4
J1110A
-5
-4
J37
M20
-5
-2
J115A
-9 INSMPWM
When '0', the

motor goes
ON.
When the signal is

generated the motor
starts to rotate. (pulse
signal)
F02-103-08
2-10
1.3.9 Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB (punch-related)

Punch driver PCB
Punch waste
feed motor
J749-7
M16
+24VPNH
-8
Punch registration
motor
M17
J744
-6
J1007
Punch motor
Punch sensor
shift motor
J741A
-7
-2
-2 B
-6
J745
-1
-4
-2
-3 A
-3
-4 A*
-2
-5 B
-1
-6 B*
J116B-8 A
-7
B
J741A-10 J116B-6
J746
-1 A
-6
J1005
-9
Synthesis
circuit
-1
-5
M19
J741A-8
-3 B
-1 B*
PNHSCRMD
When '1', the motor

rotates.
+24VPNH
-5
-4 A
-2 A*
M18
J741B-1 J116B-15
Alternates between '1' and

'0' in sequence according to
the direction/speed of motor
rotation.
PNHREGREF Switches the motor
J116A
-9 A
-10
B
drive current
according to the
signal level. (analog
signal)
'0 'in sequence according
to the direction/speed of
motor rotation.
+24VPNH
Motor
drive
circuit
J741A-12 J116A-4 A
-13
-3 A*
-14
-2 B
-15
-1
B*
Feeding assembly
cooling fan
FM2
J72-3
-2
J117-5
-6
-1
-7

+24V
FEEDFAN
When the fan stops,

'1'.
F02-103-09
2-11
1.3.10 Inputs to and Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB

M10
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J80
Stapler driver PCB

Stapler
shift motor
+24V
-1 J776-1
-2
-2
-3
-3 STPMVMA
-4
-4 STPMVMA*
-5
-5 STPMVMB
-6
-6 STPMVMB*
Alternates
between
'1' and '0'
to rotate
the motor.
Stapler
J71
M11
-1
-2
J775-1
-2
J74
Stapler
motor
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
J774-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Switches
between '1' and
'0' according to
the direction of
motor rotation.
J773-1 J127-7
-6
-2
-5
-3
-4
-4
-3
-5
-2
-6
-1
-7
+5V
READY
CD
HOME*
STPHOOK
When a stapler is at the

leading edge, '0'.
When the 100-sheet
cartridge is set, '0'.
When the stapler is
in stapling position,
'0'.
When staples are
in the cartridge, '0'.
-1
MS2
-2
-2 -1
-1 -2
J49
N.C.
J53
Swing guide
open switch 1
-2
J111-1
-1
-2
MS3
COM N.C.
N.O
-3
-2
-1
J87
Tray approach
switch 1
-3
-2
-1
-4
-3
-1
F02-103-10
2-12

J119A-1 +5V
-2 ENTPCB
-3 ENTLEDAJ
-4
J22-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
Lower path
paper sensor
PCB (s3)
J29-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
Tray B
sensor LED
J69-1
-2
-8
-7
Tray A
sensor LED
J19-1
-2
Tray B
sensor PCB
(S4)
J47-4
-3
-2
-1
Tray A
sensor PCB
(S5)
J99-4
-3
-2
-1
J119A-5 +24VU
-6 SMPTRYPAP
-7 SMPPAPRMV
-8
Tray A area
detection
PCB
J82-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
J113B-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+5V
ATRYPS3
ATRYPS2
ATRYPS1
Tray B area
detection
PCB
J90-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
J109B-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+5V
BTRYPS3
BTRYPS3
BTRYPS3
J118B-3 +5V
-4 BFLEDAJ
-5 BFPCB
-6
-4
-3
-2
-1
J118B-8 +5V
-9 LWRPPCB
-10 LWRRLEDAJ
-11
-1
-2
J107B-8 STKTRYLEDAJ
-7
J23
-7
-6
-5
-4
J28
Buffer path
paper sensor
PCB (S2)
J63B
Inlet path
paper sensor
PCB (S1)
J98-4
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
-4
J45A
J117-4 SMPTRYLEDAJ
-3
-9
-8
-7
-6
J105A-1 +24VU
-2 STKTRYPAP
-3 STKPAPRMV
-4
When paper is in the path, '0'.

Uses voltage to switch the
light intensity. (analog signal)
light intensity. (analog signal)

light intensity. (analog)
light intensify.
light intensity.
When either or both of paper
surface detection position or
upper curl detection position are
blocked by a stack of paper, '0'.
When paper is removed from
the tray while stacking is
taking place, '1'.
When either or both of paper
surface detection position or
upper curl detection position are
blocked by a stack of paper, '0'.
When paper is remove from
the tray while stacking is
taking place, '1'
'0' according to the position
of tray A.

'0' according to the position
of tray B.
F02-103-11
2-13

Switch PCB
SW971
J971B-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
SW972
When the switch is closed, '0'.

(turns on the saddle unit)
-12
ZELDON (turns on the folder)
-11
INSON
(turns on the inserter)
-10
SMPON When the switch is closed, '0'.
-9 PCHON (turns on the tray A)
(turns on the punch unit)
J124B-13
J971A-12
J124A-5
-11
-6
-10
-7
-9
-8
-8
-9
J971B-8
J124A-9
-9
-8
-10
-7
-11
-6
-12
-5
-13
-4
-14
-3
-15
-2
SDLON
Lines for various adjustments. For

details, see 2.5.6 "Functions of the
DIP Switches" in Chapter 5.
SW973
Lines for various operations. For

details, see 2.5.6 "Functions of the
DIP switches" in Chapter 5.
SW974
J971A-13
J124A-4
J971A-14
J124A-3
J971A-15
J124A-2
J971B-2
J124B-15
SW975
SW976
F02-103-12
2-14

J1121-3
-4
-5
-7
To copier
J84-1
-3
Power
supply
PCB J88-1 J718-1
FT1
-4
Circuit
breaker
-1
-3
J1122
-1
-3
Fuse
PCB
-4
J717-1
-3
-4
-5
J85-1 J711-1
-10
-10
MS1
-1
-2
J1124
N.C.
-2
J721-1
-1
-2
J1091
Front door
open 1 switch
-2
-1
24V
J716-5
-4
-6
-7
-3
J103-3
-4
-2
-1
-5
J713-6
J126-1
GND
TXD
RXD
GND
Combination
lines
24V
N.C.
MS71
-1
-2
-6
-8
J1126
Folder upper
door switch
-6
-8
F02-103-13
2-15
-1
N.C
MS5
Tray safety
switch (ear)
-2
J56
-1
-2
-1
-2
Fuse PCB
N.C
MS4
Tray safety
switch (front)
J1123
+36V
J712-1
-2
+24V
J719-1
-2
-1
-2
J112-1
-2
+36V
Front door open switch 2
N.C MS8
Stapler drive PCB
J57
-1
J771-1
-1
-2
-2
J55
-2
Stapler safety
switch (front)
Stapler safety
switch (rear)
N.C
N.C
MS6
MS7
F02-103-14
2-16
2 FEEDING/DRIVE SYSTEM
2.1 Overview
The machine operates in response to commands from its host copier to perform simple
stacking, job offset, or stapling, and delivers the sheets to the delivery tray.
There are two delivery trays in the finisher section. The upper one is tray A; it mainly
stacks the paper sheets. The lower one is tray B; its role as a sorting tray (or tray B) is to receive sheets which undergo stapling,or job-offset processing.
When tray B becomes filled up, tray A lowers to the position of tray B and performs the
task of tray B. At that time, tray B moves to an even lower position.
Delivery
Sort delivery
(tray A/B)
Simple stacking
Job offset
Stapling
1 point stapling (front)

1 point stapling (rear)
2 point stapling
Punch (Finisher K2 only)

Non-sort delivery
(tray A/B)
Simple Stacking
Interrupt delivery
F02-201-01
2-17
2.1.1 Normal delivery

a. Simple stacking
Delivers sheets directly to tray A

Tray A
Paper
F02-201-02
2-18
b. Job offset
Before being delivered to tray B, a sheet is first drawn into the processing tray. The sheet
is then moved to the front or rear by the jogging plate. The stack of sheets on the processing
tray is delivered when it has collected a specific number of sheets.
Drawing in a sheet of paper
SL4
F02-201-03
Delivering a stack
SL4
F02-201-04
Results of delivery when handling 4 sets in job offset mode.
4th set
1st
set
2nd set
rd
3 set
Direction of delivery
F02-201-05
2-19
c. Stapling
A sheet from the copier is deposited on the processing tray. When the stack has accumulated a specific number of sheets, the machine staples the stack and delivers it to the tray B.
SL4
F02-201-06
SL4
F02-201-07
2-20
d. Buffer path
The machine is designed to accept sheets from the copier while it is handling sheets on
the processing tray, and so a buffer roller has been added.
The machine's buffer roller allows wrapping of a maximum of three sheets of paper, during which job offset and stapling are executed on the processing tray.
Buffer roller
Wrapped sheets
Feeding toward the sort tray
F02-201-08
2-21
2.2 Feeding/delivery
2.2.1 Overview
The machine sends sheets from the copier to tray A or tray B, according to the selected
mode of delivery, and performs job offset, stapling or punching in accordance with commands from the copier.
Table 2-201 shows the motors used to feed or align sheets. These motors are rotated forward or in reverse, as instructed by the finisher controller PCB.
The sensors shown in Table 2-202 monitor the arrival or passage of paper in the paper
path.
If paper fails to reach or clear a specific sensor within a specific period of time, the finisher controller PCB will identify the condition as a jam, stopping operation and informing
the copier of the condition.
2-22
Notation
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M12
M13
M20
Name
Inlet motor
Buffer motor
Delivery motor
Front jog motor
Rear jog motor
Tray auxiliary plate motor
Stack swing motor
Paddle motor
Tray B elevator motor
Tray A elevator motor
Knurled belt motor
Description
DC brush-less motor
4-phase stepping motor
DC motor
DC motor
Connector on finisher
controller PCB
J121
J120A
J120B
J104A
J104A
J105A
J128
J128
J108B
J109A
J113A
J108
T02-202-01
2-23
2-24
SL4
SL3
M5
M10
Feed belt solenoid drive signal
M7
Staple motor drive signal
Staple shift motor drive

signal
M12

motor drive signal
Front jogging plate
motor drive signal
Rear jogging plate
motor drive signal
J110B-13 SBTRYPH
Sub-tray solenoid drive

signal (release)
J110B-12 SBTRYPL
Sub-tray solenoid drive signal

(attraction)
Tray B elevator motor drive signal
Tray A elevator motor drive signal
BFPSSCHG J120A-1
Inlet motor drive signal
Buffer motor
drive motor

drive signal
SL2
UPSCHG J119B-2
SL1
Buffer switching solenoid

drive signal
Delivery motor drive signal
Swing motor drive signal
Paddle motor
Stack delivery
motor drive signal
Finisher controller PCB (1/2)
M2
M13
M1
M3
M9
M8
SL5
M20
M11
M6
M4
Finisher controller PCB (2/2)
F02-202-01
Knurled belt home position detection signal J118B-7
Inlet path paper sensor

detection signal
ENTPASSP J121B-3
Lower path paper sensor

PCB detection signal
LWRPPCB J120B-7
Inlet path paper sensor
PCB detection signal ENTPCB J121A-3
PI20
Sort delivery sensor detection signal STDLV J120B-3
BFPCB J120A-5
PI6
Buffer path rear paper

sensor detection signal NETPASSP J120A-7
Buffer path paper

sensor PCB
detection signal
Non-sort
delivery sensor
detection signal NSTDLV J119-5
BNDLDLV J114B-5
Tray A paper sensor detection signal
Stack delivery sensor

detection signal
STKTRYPA J110B-7
SMPTRYPA J115B-7
Tray B paper sensor detection signal
PI3
PI2
PI17
PI4
PI32
F02-202-02
Notation
PI2
PI3
PI4
PI6
PI32
PI17
PI20
PI31
S1
S2
S3
Name
Description
Inlet path sensor

Buffer path rear sensor
Sort delivery sensor
Non-sort delivery sensor
Tray B paper present sensor
Tray A paper present sensor
Knurled belt home position sensor
Inlet path sensor
Buffer path sensor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Photo-interrupter
Reflector
Reflector
Reflector
Connector on finisher
controller PCB
J199B-3
J118A-9
J118B-4
J118B-14
J104B-11
J109B-8
J113B-8
J118B-7
J119A-3
J118A-5
J118B-10
T02-202-02
2-25
2.3 Job offset

2.3.1 Overview
In job offset mode, stacks of sheets are moved to the front or rear for sorting purposes.
The stacks are moved to the front or rear by the front jogging plate and rear jogging
plate. Sheets moving past the stack delivery roller are moved by the paddle in the direction
of the stopper. The swing guide is in the up position while pulling a sheet into the processing tray or while the jogging plates are in operation; it is in the down position while the
stack is being delivered.
When the power is turned on, the finisher controller PCB drives the front jogging plate
motor (M4) and the rear jogging plate motor (M5) to return the two jogging plates to their
home positions.
Sensor
Front jogging
plate home
position sensor
Rear jogging
plate home
position sensor
Swing guide
closed sensor
Swing guide
open sensor
Paddle home
position sensor
Notation
Connector
P17
J104B-3
P18
J104B-6
P114
J107B-2
P115
J107B-6
P113
J107A-8
Function
Motor
Drives the front

jogging plate
Drives the rear
jogging plate
Swing guide
drive
Drives the paddle
(feeds paper)
Notation
Front jogging M4
plate motor
Rear jogging M5
plate motor
Swing motor M8
Paddle motor
M9
T02-203-02
T02-203-01
2-26
Jogging plate (rear)

home position sensor (P18)
Jogging plate (rear)

Rear jogging
plate motor
M5
Light-blocking
plate
Jogging plate (front)
Copy paper
(front)
Light-blocking M4
plate
Front jogging
plate motor
Jogging plate (front)
F02-203-01
2-27
2.3.2 Stacking sheets on the processing tray

a. Handling the first sheet (other than A5R)
The tray auxiliary plate is outside the machine before the first sheet moves past the delivery roller. (It may, however, be inside the machine under certain conditions.)
The swing guide moves up when the trailing edge of the sheet moves past the sort delivery sensor (PI4), releasing the sheet from the stack delivery roller.
Then, the paddle taps on the top surface of the sheet, and butts the trailing edge of the
sheet against the processing tray stopper. The paddle rotates in numbers determined by paper size, the number of sheets contained in the stack and the presence of staples. (Usually it
rotates 0 to 2 times).
The stack delivery roller starts to rotate in reverse to assist butting the sheet against the
stopper.
Swing guide
Paddle
Sort delivery roller

Knurled belt
Offset sheet
Delivery roller
Jogging plate
Stopper
F02-203-02
b. Handling the second and subsequent sheets
When the trailing edge of the second and subsequent sheets moves past the delivery sensor, the paddle starts to tap the top surface of the sheet, butts its trailing edge against the processing tray stopper, and deposits it on top of the existing stack. The tray auxiliary plate remains outside the machine.
2nd and subsequent sheets
Paddle

Knurled belt
Existing stack
Stopper
F02-203-03
2-28
c. Offset Operation
The front and rear jogging plates shift each sheet that arrives toward the front or rear. The
direction will be:
i. In the opposite direction of an existing stack in tray A/B.
ii. Different according to sheet size and mode when tray A/B is empty.
When offsetting to the front, the machine uses the front jogging plate as the reference for
butting, while the rear jogging plate moves the sheet toward the front.
When offsetting to the rear, the machine uses the rear jogging plate as the reference for
butting, while the front jogging plate moves the sheet toward the front.
The machine performs an offset operation each time a sheet is pulled onto the processing
tray.
Rear jogging plate
Sheet to be offset
Front jogging plate

Tray A/B
Shifting to the Front
F02-203-04
Rear jogging plate
Sheet to be offset
Front jogging plate

Tray A/B
Shifting to the rear
F02-203-05
2-29
d. Stack Delivery
A stack is delivered when as many as five sheets of paper (three in the case of large-size
sheets) have been deposited on the processing tray.
The swing guide motor rotates to lower the swing guide. The upper and lower stack delivery rollers then hold the stack in between. When the stack delivery motor stars to rotate, the
stack held between the delivery rollers is discharged; at the same time, the tray auxiliary
plate is retracted inside the machine.
The following sheet coming from the copier to the finisher while the stack is being discharged is wrapped around the buffer roller. (The size of the following sheets is A4/B5/
LTR.)
Swing Guide
Trailing edge drop guide
SL4
F02-203-06
2-30
2.3.3 Number of sheets for an offset job

A stack is discharged when it has collected five sheets or three sheets (large-size). If the
number of sheets for a specific offset job cannot be divided by 5, the last stack falling short
of the full count will be discharged. However, the final stack must not contain 1 sheet (e.g.,
if 5n+1, the last stack will contain one sheet.) In such a case, the second stack from the last
will be discharged containing four sheets to avoid discharging a single sheet. In the example,
the above stack will consist of two sheets.
E.g.
1. For eight small-size sheets, the combination will be a 5-sheet stack and a 3-sheet stack.
2. For ten small-size sheets, the combination will be a 5-sheet stack and a 5-sheet stack.
3. For 16 small-size sheets, the combination will be a 5-sheet stack, 5-sheet stack, 4-sheet
stack, and a 2-sheet stack.
Memo
Why Avoid a Single-Sheet Stack?

A single sheet of paper will not follow a fixed trajectory from the stack delivery slot to the top of the existing stacks in the sort tray, resulting in cases
where the stack jogging is disrupted. In order to prevent this from happening, stacks contain two or more sheets to stabilize the drop trajectory.
Large size sheets are delivered in stacks of three. If the last stack consists of 1 sheet, it
will be combined with the previous stack, thus forming a 4-sheet stack.
2-31
Job offset sequences

Two 2-Sheet Stacks
1st sheet 2nd sheet Delivering 1st/2nd sheet Delivering
of 1st stack of 1st stack 1st stack of 2nd stack 2nd stack
Delivery motor (M3)

(P14)
Stack delivery moter (M7)
(P18)
Swing motor (M8)
Paddle motor (M9)
Paddle home position
sensor (P114)
Front jogging plate
motor (M4)
Front jogging plate
Rear jogging plate
motor (M5)
Rear jogging plate
motor (M6)
retraction sensor (PI11)
Tray B paper sensor
(PI22)
: Motor rotates forward
: Motor rotates in reverse
F02-203-07
2-32
2.4 Trailing edge drop function

2.4.1 Overview
The trailing edge drop restrains the trailing edge of the sheet delivered to the processing
tray in order to bring it quickly to a resting state. The trailing edge drop is driven by the
trailing edge drop solenoid (SL5).
When delivery to the processing tray begins, the trailing edge drop solenoid (S5) turns on,
and the trailing edge drop moves above the sheet without touching it. The trailing edge drop
solenoid (SL5) turns off just before the trailing edge of the sheet lands in the processing
tray, restraining the trailing edge of the sheet.
Trailing edge drop solenoid (SL5)
ON
Trailing edge drop solenoid (SL5)

OFF
F02-204-01
2-33
2.5 Controlling the knurled belt

2.5.1 Overview
The primary function of the knurled belt is to ensure that sheets delivered to the processing tray are drawn all the way to the stopper. When the shape of the knurled belt is normal,
the contact pressure the knurled belt applies to the stack varies according to the thickness of
the stack in the processing tray. Changes in the contact pressure interfere with proper conveyance of the sheets. Therefore, in this machine, the contact pressure of the knurled belt
does not affect the thickness of the stack, rather the normal pulling force on the belt alters
the shape. The amount of pulling force on the belt is exerted by the pulse control of the
knurled belt motor (M20).
Finisher Controller PCB
J118B
J108
1 5
Knurled belt.
Release direction
Knurled belt home

position sensor (PI31)
Knurled belt motor

(M20)
F02-205-01
2-34
2.5.2 Delivering three sheets

When three sheets have cleared the sort delivery roller from the buffer roller, the stack delivery roller will rotate in reverse to send the stack of three sheets in the direction of the processing tray.
If the knurled belt moved the stack of three sheets at the same time, the feeding force
would be too strong and the stack would bend against the stopper. To avoid such a problem,
the knurled belt is released and the stack delivery roller and the paddle operate to move the
3-sheet stacks to the processing tray.
1) The stack moves past the sort delivery roller. At the same time, the knurled belt solenoid
turns on to release the knurled belt.
Paddle
Stack of sheets
Trailing edge drop guide
Knurled belt
ON
M20
Knurled belt motor

Stopper
F02-205-02
2-35
2) The stack delivery roller starts to rotate in reverse and, at the same time, the paddle rotates to move the stack in the direction of the processing tray.
ON
M20
F02-205-03
3) The belt is locked once again as soon as the stack butts against the stopper.
OFF
M20
F02-205-04
2-36
2.5.3 Multiple sheets on the processing tray

When the processing tray already holds multiple stacks, the knurled belt may inadvertently return the aligned sheets to their prior position. Excess sheets may also interfere with
the rotation of the knurled belt. To avoid such a problem, the knurled belt is released if there
are 40 or more sheets on the processing tray.
1) The trailing edge of the sheet moves past the delivery roller, and the sheet is butted
against the stopper by the paddle and the knurled belt.
New sheet
Paddle
Knurled belt
OFF
M20
Knurled belt motor

Existing sheets
Stopper
F02-205-05
2) The solenoid turns on in concert with the jogging of the sheet to release the knurled belt.
ON
(top view)
M20
Jogging plate
Jogging plate
Sort tray
F02-205-06
2-37
3) After aligning the sheets, the solenoid turns off, and the knurled belt moves the sheet in
the direction of the stopper.
OFF
M20
F02-205-07
4) The solenoid turns on when delivery starts, moving the stack away from the knurled
belt. The solenoid remains on if the next discharge is for a three-sheet stack.
ON
M20
F02-205-08
2-38
2.6 Buffer path

To accept sheets from the copier continuously while the machine handles sheets on the
processing tray, the machine is equipped with a buffer roller, which operates as follows:
1) The first sheet is moved in the direction of the buffer roller.
Buffer roller
To the
non-sort tray
1st sheet
To the
sort tray
F02-206-01
2) Since the upper path switching flapper remains off, the leading edge of the sheet moves
in the direction of the buffer path switching flapper.
Upper path
switching solenoid
OFF
SL2
Buffer path
switching
flapper
Upper path
switching
solenoid
F02-206-02
2-39
3) The buffer path switching flapper operates, causing the leading edge of the sheet to wrap
around the buffer roller.
ON
SL1
Buffer switching
solenoid
Buffer path
switching flapper
F02-206-03
4) The second sheet arrives from the copier.
2nd sheet
F02-206-04
2-40
5) The leading edge of the second sheet moves ahead of the leading edge of the 1st sheet.
2nd sheet
F02-206-05
6) The buffer roller continues to rotate, causing the second sheet to slide over the first
sheet.
2nd sheet
F02-206-06
2-41
7) The third sheet arrives from the copier.
3rd sheet
F02-206-07
8) The leading edge of the third sheet moves ahead of the leading edge of the second sheet.
3rd sheet
F02-206-08
2-42
9) The buffer roller continues to rotate, causing the third sheet to slide over the first and
second sheets.
F02-206-09
10) The buffer path switching flapper turns off, causing the three sheets to move in the direction of the delivery roller together.
OFF
SL1
Buffer path
switching solenoid
To Tray B
F02-206-10
2-43
3 CONTROLLING THE PADDLE

3.1.1 Overview
The paddle is provided to send sheets delivered to the processing tray toward the stopper.
Sensor
Notation
Paddle home
position sensor
PI13
Connector
J107A-8
Function
Motor
Drives the paddle Paddle motor
Notation
M9
T02-301-02
T02-301-01
Copy paper
Paddles
Paddle home
position sensor
(PI13)
M9
(front)
Paddle motor
F02-301-01
2-44
4 CONTROLLING THE TRAY AUXILIARY PLATE

4.1.1 Overview
Half of sheets are pushed on to the sort tray before feeding when the machine performs
stapling or offset operations at the processing tray. A tray auxiliary plate is provided to ensure the best placement of the leading edges of the sheets.
Sensor
Notation Connector
Tray auxiliary plate PI11

retraction sensor
J105B-6
Function
Drives the tray
auxiliary plate
T02-401-01
Motor
Tray auxiliary
plate motor
Notation
M6
T02-401-02
Tray auxiliary
plate
(front)
Light-blocking
plate
M6
Tray auxiliary
plate retraction
sensor(PI11)
Tray auxiliary motor
F02-401-01
2-45
4.1.2 Operation
When multiple sheets are stacked on tray B, the leading edge of the stack tends to bend
down. If the sheets were pushed out of the processing tray in this condition, the leading edge
would sag. Therefore, even if the paddle strikes the face of the sheet, the sheet does not butt
against the stopper, which results in the following:
a. Poor alignment of the sheets in feeding direction when stapling.
b. Poor alignment of sheets in feeding direction during offset job processing (on tray B).
To prevent this from happening, the finisher controller PCB slides the tray auxiliary plate
outside the machine while sheets are being placed on the processing tray. With the tray auxiliary plate support the sheets from below, the stack will lie straight, maintaining correct
alignment.
Since the tray auxiliary plate is retracted when delivering stacks, it will not affect delivery.
The plate is slid out again when the next sheet is placed on the processing tray (after detecting the paper surface to prevent interference with detection).
Sheets on the
processing tray
Existing
stacks
Tray
auxiliary
plate
Tray B
F02-401-02 (Tray Auxiliary Plate Retracted)
Existing
stacks
Tray B
F02-401-03 (Tray Auxiliary Plate Out)

2-46
5 STAPLING
5.1.1 Overview
In the stapling operation, a specified number of sheets are stacked on the processing tray
and then stapled and delivered.
The stapling position depends on the staple mode and the size of paper being used. When
the operation starts after the power has been switched on, the finisher controller PCB drives
the stapler drive motor (M10) to return the stapler to the home position. If the stapler is already in the home position, it is left as it is.
On the stapler's travel path, there are three sensors which indicate that the stapler's halt
position is not obstructing the knurled belt's shunt action.
There are two types of staples, for 50 page stapling and for 100 page stapling. The stapler
unit has a function for differentiating between the two types.
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Stapler shift motor (M10)

Stapler shift home position sensor (PI16)
Knurled belt shift permit sensor (PI28)
F02-501-01
2-47
5.1.2 Stapling of first sheet

As the trailing edge of the first sheet of paper passes the sort delivery roller, after it has
been fed forward a specified distance, the stack delivery roller begins to rotate in reverse,
moving forward a little more. Then, the swing guide rises and the stack delivery roller
stops. The rising action of the swing guide is detected by the swing guide open sensor
(PI16).
The sort delivery roller rotates the knurled belt, and feeds the paper into the processing
tray. The swing guide remains elevated until the last sheet of paper has been stacked. The
stack delivery sensor (PI18) detects the paper on the processing tray.
When the paper hits the processing tray stopper, the jogging plate moves to keep the
edges of the paper flush. The front or rear jogging plate will be used, depending on which
side the existing stack was aligned on.
Swing guide

Knurled belt
Paper to be
stapled
Tray auxiliary
plate
Stack
delivery
roller
Jogging plate
Stapler
F02-501-02
2-48
5.1.3 Stapling of second and subsequent sheets

Once the second and subsequent sheet passes the sort delivery roller, the paddle motor
comes ON and rotates the paddle. The paper is pushed down by the paddle and fed on to the
processing tray. The paddle operation varies according to the size of the paper, but is usually between 0 and 2 times. When the paper enters the processing tray, it is aligned by the
jogging plate. The direction of the alignment will be the same as the first stapled sheet.
Paddle

Knurled belt
Paper to be
stapled
Tray auxiliary
plate
Jogging plate
Stapler
F02-501-03
Rear jogging plate
Paper to be
stapled
Front jogging plate

Tray B
When closer to the front.
F02-501-04
2-49
5.1.4 Stapling of last sheet

When the last sheet of paper has been aligned, the front and rear jogging plates move forward and hold the paper in place. Then, the swing guide motor begins to rotate to lower the
swing guide. Now, the finisher controller PCB moves the stapler into the selected stapling
position, and the paper is stapled.
Once the stapling is finished, the finisher controller PCB activates the jogging motor to
move the jogging plates to a position 10mm behind the trailing edge of the paper. Then, the
stack delivery motor (M7) rotates forward and the stack is ejected into tray B.
Swing guide

Knurled belt
Tray B
Paper to be
stapled
Stack delivery
roller
F02-501-05
2-50

Staple operation sequence
(for 2-point stapling of three sheets of paper)
Delivery,
Delivery,
Delivery,
alignment alignment alignment
st
nd
of 1 sheet of 2 sheet of 3rd sheet Stapling
Stack
delivery
Delivery motor (M3)

Sort delivery sensor (PI4)
Stack delivery motor (M7)
(PI8)
Swing motor (M8)
Paddle motor (M9)
Paddle home position
sensor (PI14)
Front jogging plate motor
(M4)
Front jogging plate home
Rear jogging plate motor
(M5)
Rear jogging plate home
(M6)
Staple shift motor (M10)
Staple motor (M11)
Stapling home position
sensor (PI19)
Tray B paper sensor
(PI22)
: motor rotates forward
: motor rotates in reverse
F02-501-06
2-51
5.1.5 Stapler
Staple detection signal
Cartridge detection signal
M11
Staple motor drive
signal
Staple size
detection signal
Stapling home position

detection signal
Staple edging detection signal
Stapling is carried out by the staple motor (M11). Each time the motor rotates the cam,
the cam's home position is detected by the stapling home position sensor (inside the stapling
unit). The stapler motor rotates forward or in reverse, controlled by a microprocessor on the
finisher controller PCB.
When the stapling home position sensor goes OFF, the finisher controller PCB makes the
stapler motor rotate in reverse until the sensor comes ON again, and the staple cam returns
to the initial position.
The presence of the staple cartridge is detected by the staple cartridge switch (inside the
stapling unit). The presence of staples in the staple cartridge is detected by the staple cartridge switch (inside the stapling unit). The staple edging sensor (inside the stapling unit)
detects whether the staples inside the staple cartridge have been pushed to the tip of the stapler.
The power supply line to the staple motor (M11) is connected and disconnected by the
microswitches listed in Table 2-503. This function is used to guard against injuries, for example when an operator' fingers are inside the stapler.
F02-501-07
2-52
Microswitch
Front cover switch
Swing guide safety switch
Staple safety switch
(front)
Staple safety switch
(rear)
Notation
Status
MSW1
MSW2
MSW6
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
MSW7
N.O.
Function
Connects when front cover is closed.
Connects when swing guide is closed.
Connects when the stacking wall (upper) is correctly mounted, and the
stacking wall actuator is down.
T02-501-01
2-53
5.1.6 Delivery auxiliary rib operation

Whenever stapled paper (particularly, small amounts) is ejected into the delivery tray from
the processing tray, the rigidity of the paper may affect how well the paper stacks. In order
to lessen this effect, this machine is fitted with a delivery auxiliary rib.
The delivery auxiliary rib is driven by the delivery auxiliary rib solenoid (SL4). The delivery auxiliary rib solenoid comes ON just before a stack is ejected from the processing
tray and bends the stack in order to give the paper rigidity.
The operation of the delivery auxiliary rib depends on the size and quantity of the ejected
paper. The conditions under which the delivery auxiliary rib operates are described below.
Paper size
A3, B4, 279.4mm x 431.8mm (11 x 17), LGL, A4R, LTR
A5, A4, SMT, LTR (excl. B5)
Ejected sheets
1 sheet/ stack
5 sheets/ stacks or fewer
[1] Delivery auxiliary rib solenoid (SL4)

[2] Delivery auxiliary rib
[1]
[2]
F02-501-08
2-54
6 TRAY OPERATION
6.1.1 Overview
The finisher has two delivery trays. The upper tray is called tray A and the lower tray is
called tray B. They are designed to be able to move up and down. There is a shutter which
prevents paper stacked on the tray from entering the delivery assembly while tray A is passing through the swing unit. Tray B is equipped with a sub-tray to assist in the stacking of
folded paper.
6.1.2 Trays
The sensors involved in driving trays A and B are as shown below.
Tray A
Sensor
Tray A idling
sensor
Tray A paper
sensor
Notation
Connector
PI19
J113B-11
PI20
J113B-8
Function
Tray B lifting
Motor
Notation
Tray B lifting M13

motor
T02-602-02
T02-602-01
Tray B
Sensor
Tray B idling
sensor
Tray B paper
sensor
Notation
Connector
Function
PI18
J113B-11
Tray B lifting
PI17
J113B-8
Sub-tray lifting
T02-602-03
Motor
Notation
Tray B lifting M12

motor
Sub-tray lift- SL3
ing motor
T02-602-04
2-55
If there is no change in the sensor status, despite drive signals having been sent to tray
lifter motor A (M13) or tray lifter motor B (M12), due to motor being out of step, etc., the
finisher controller PCB detects an abnormality and displays an error code on the copier's
control panel.
Tray proximity switch

(MSW5)
Tray A lifter
motor (M13)
Torque limiter
Tray A idling
One-way
sensor (PI19)
gear
Gear damper
Tray B lifter
motor (M12)
One-way
gear
Rack
Torque limiter
Tray B idling
sensor (PI18)
Gear
damper
F02-601-01
2-56
6.1.3 Shutter control

When there is paper stacked in tray A as it passes through the delivery assembly, the
stacked paper may enter the delivery assembly. In order to prevent this, the delivery assembly is fitted with a shutter. The shutter closes when tray A passes through the delivery assembly. This action takes place even if there is no paper in the tray.
The shutter is driven by the paddle motor (M9). When the paddle motor rotates forward,
it drives the paddle. When it rotates in reverse, it drives the shutter. The shutter open/close
status is detected by the home position sensor (PI12).
M9
Paddle motor
Shutter home position

sensor (PI12)
F02-601-02
Paddle motor (M9)

Tray A lifting motor
(M13)
Shutter homeposition
sensor (M12)
: Forward
: Reverse
Zone A: Prescribed paddle movement
F02-601-03
2-57
6.1.4 Detecting topmost sheet of paper in tray

Tray A and tray B are equipped with sensors that detect the height of the topmost sheet of
paper in the tray. The light-emitting sensors are tray paper sensor A and tray paper sensor
B. The light-receiving sensors are tray A paper sensor A and tray B paper sensor B. The
light-receiving sensors comprise three light-receiving cells.
The lowest cell is used to position the tray when there is no paper in it. The sensor output
changes when either of the upper two cells is blocked. By detecting with either of these two
cells, the tray can be held in the correct position, even if the trailing edge of the stacked paper is curled up, due to contact with the stacking wall.
Non-sort
delivery roller
Light-emitting
cell (S5)
Lightreceiving
cell (S5)
Paper
Tray A
(Front)
Light-emitting
cell (S4)
Lightreceiving
cell (S4)
Paper
(Front)
Tray B
F02-601-04
2-58
6.1.5 Tray A/B lifting motor control
IC124
J113A/ J81/
J109A J89
+5V
13
1
STTRYMAB*/STTRYMBB*
12
2
STTRYMAB/STTRYMBB
11
3
STTRYMAA*/STTRYMBA*
10
4
STTRYMAA/STTRYMBA
9
5
STTRYMHLD
8
6
N.C. N.C.
36VTRYA/
7
7
36VTRY
6
8
5
9
4
10
3
11
2
12
1
13
Finisher
controller
PCB
+36V
J602
A
Q601
IC121
The diagram below illustrates how the tray A/B lifting motors (M12/M13) are driven.
The tray A/B lifting motors are 4-phase stepping motors. The finisher controller PCB controls the output timing of the pulse signals A, B, A* and B*, to switch the motors ON/OFF
and to switch the direction of rotation. In motor hold, the STTRYMHLD level is switch to a
hold level.
The finisher control PCB monitors the status of the tray A/B idling sensors (PI19/ PI18)
when generating pulse signals. If the sensors switch ON/OFF at the prescribed timing during pulse output, the motor rotation is judged normal. If the sensor output does not switch
ON/OFF properly, a motor malfunction or drive mechanism malfunction is judged, and an
error message is displayed on the copier control panel.
3
1
A*
B
B*
Tray A/B
idling
sensors
Tray A/B
lifting
motors
PI19/ PI18
M13/M12
4
5
2
6
Torque limiter
To elevator
rack
Tray A/B lifting motor driver PCB
F02-601-05
2-59
6.1.6 Tray motor power supply

The power supply route for the tray motors is illustrated below.
Power is supplied from the tray A/B lifting motor PCB. 36VTRYA is switched ON/OFF
by SW971-2. If the input is interrupted, the CPU judges tray A to be the fixed tray. Input
can also be interrupted by the tray proximity switch (MSW3).
DC
power
supply
PCB
Finisher
controller
PCB
Fuse PCB
36V
FU718
MSW5
MSW4
Tray
safety
switch
(rear)
Tray
safety
switch(front)
MSW3
J712-1
Fuse 7A
J112
J114-1
Tray proximity
switch
J114
Switch
PCB
Switch
PCB
J109A
Tray B
lifting
motor
driver PCB
J113A
Tray A
lifting
motor
driver PCB
J124-B11
F02-601-06
2-60
7 PUNCH UNIT (Finisher K2 only)

7.1.1 Overview
The punch unit is located in the paper feed path. Paper feed is momentarily stopped so
that the paper can be punched. The punch motor (M18) drives a slider and the punch operation is carried out in alignment with the slits in the slider. Punching stops when the slider
has travelled a certain distance. Lateral registration of the punch holes is adjusted every
time the size of the paper being fed changes.
Waste paper generated by the punch is fed into the waste container by the punch waste
feedscrew.
7.1.2 Punching Operation

The punch drive slider is powered by the punch motor (M18). Detection of the punch
slider position is carried out by the slider home position sensor (PI22).
The drive-timing of the punch motor is calculated using the inlet paper sensor (S1). Once
the inlet paper sensor (S1) detects the trailing edge of the paper, it stops the paper after it has
travelled a certain distance. Then, the puncher activates and punches the paper.
2-61
Punch driver PCB

J747B
J747B
J750
J746 J747A J745 J747A J747B J744
16
16
J750-2
12
PI34
Punch
motor FG
M18
punch
motor
Slider
M17 punch
sensor shift
motor
PI23 sensor
HP sensor
PI25 punch front

sensor
en
de
Sli
m
ve
mo
Direction
of paper
M19 punch sensor

shift motor
PI22 punch motor HP sensor
PI24 punch HP sensor
PI21 punch paper
trailing edge sensor
Prism
Inlet paper sensor (S1)

(Light-receiving)

(Light-emitting)
Inlet sensor plate
F02-701-01a (Two-hole type)
2-62
Punch driver PCB

J747B
J747B
J750
J746 J747A J745 J747AJ747A
16
J747BJ744
J750-2
12
6 16
PI33
punch
2/3 hole
sensor
PI34
Punch
motor FG
M18
Punch
motor
Slider
Sli
de
m
ve
mo
en
M17 punch
sensor shift
motor
PI23 sensor HP
sensor
t
PI25 punch front

sensor
M19 punch sensor
shift motor
PI22 punch motor HP sensor
PI24 punch HP sensor
PI21 punch paper
trailing edge sensor
Direction
of paper
Prism

(Light-receiving)

(Light-emitting)
Inlet sensor plate
F02-701-02b (2/3-hole type)
2-63
7.1.3 Overview of Punching Operation

The sequence of the punching operation is shown below.
1) The paper is fed in by the copier or inserter. At this time the punch slider is on standby
in the home position
Direction of
paper delivery
Punch unit
Paper trailing
edge sensor PCB
F02-701-02
2) The leading edge of the paper enters the punch unit. The slider is still stationary. The
paper is fed in by the rollers at the front and rear of the punch unit.
F02-701-03
2-64
3) When a fixed time has elapsed after the trailing edge of the paper has passed the inlet
paper sensor (S1), the paper feed is stopped at a prescribed distance.
Inlet paper
sensor (S1)
F02-701-04
4) As soon as the paper stops, the slider moves (one direction), driven by the punch motor,
and the holes are punch in the paper.
F02-701-05
2-65
5) The punch slider stops and waits for the next punching operation. The buffer roller resumes feeding the punched paper.
F02-701-06
2-66
7.1.4 Horizontal registration operation

Side registration of the punch unit is driven by the punch registration motor (M17). The
side registration home position of the punch unit is detected by the punch home position
sensor (PI24). The punch unit shifts into position according to the edge of the paper that has
been detected by the punch paper edge sensor (PI21) and punch paper edge sensor home position sensor (PI23).
1) A paper size signal is sent from the copier. The punch paper edge sensor moves into position according to the size of the paper.
Punch paper edge sensor (PI21)
Punch horizontal
registration home
M19 M19 Punch sensor shift motor
F02-701-07
2) The paper is fed into the punch unit. When the remaining length of paper from the
punch unit is equivalent to size B5 (182mm), the punch registration motor starts to rotate
forward.
M17
Punch registration
motor
Punch horizontal
registration home
F02-701-08
2-67
3) When the punch paper edge sensor comes ON, the punch registration motor stops. This
aligns the center of the punch unit with the center of the paper (horizontal registration
direction).
F02-701-09
4) Holes are punched in the paper by the punch motor (M18).
F02-701-10
5) When the punching completed sensor goes OFF, the punch registration motor rotates in
reverse and the punch unit returns to its home position.
M17
F02-701-11
6) If paper is fed in continuously for punching, steps 2 to 5 are repeated. Even when the
last sheet of paper is punched, the punch paper edge sensor waits in the standby position.
2-68
7.1.5 Paper trailing edge detection control

The trailing edge of the paper is detected by the inlet path sensor (S1). The sensor consists
of a light-emitting cell and a light-receiving cell. The light from the light-emitting cell is refracted by a prism and returned to the light-receiving cell. As paper passes the sensor, light
from the light-emitting cell does not reach the light-receiving cell, so the finisher controller
PCB judges that paper is present.
With paper that is highly transparent, such as OHP film, light from the light-emitting cell
reaches the light-receiving cell even while the paper is passing the sensor and the sensor
cannot judge that paper is present. Therefore, even if punching mode has been selected on
the control panel, paper that is highly transparent will not be punched.
The voltage level of the light-receiving cell may be reduced by paper dust becoming attached to the cell. However, even at a reduced level, the light emission is sufficient for paper
detection.
7.1.6 Punch Waste Feed Control

Punch waste is fed by rotation of the punch screw, which is powered by the punch waste
feed motor (M16). The punch waste feed sensor (PI27) monitors the rotation of the punch
screw. Feed timing is from when the registration signal for the first punched sheet is sent
from the copier, until delivery of the last punched sheet. The encoder for the punch waste
feed sensor (PI27) rotates while the punch waste feed motor (M16) is running. If there is no
change in the status of the sensor within a fixed time period, while the motor is rotating, the
finisher controller PCB assumes faulty punch waste feeding and displays an error code
(E595) on the copier's control panel.
2-69
7.1.7 Punch waste "Full" sensor

The punch waste "full" detection mechanism consists of a punch waste sensor located on
the side of the punch waste container and prisms mounted inside the punch waste container.
The punch waste container set sensor (PI53) detects when the punch waste container has
been set by the finisher.
The punch waste sensor PCB (S6) consists of two light-emitting cells and two light-receiving cells for warning level detection and full level detection. When the punch waste set
sensor (PI26) detects the container, the LED for warning level detection emits light. If the
punch waste has not reached the warning level, the output from the light-receiving cell is
ON and the finisher controller PCB judges that the warning level has not been reached. If
waste has accumulated in the container and has reached the warning level, the light from the
warning level detection LED for is interrupted and the finisher controller PCB judges that
the warning level has been reached.
When the warning level has been reached, the full level detection LED comes on instead.
If light emitted from the full level detection LED reaches the light-receiving cell, the finisher controller PCB judges that the full level has not been reached. If waste has accumulated in the container and has reached the full level, the light from the LED for full level detection is interrupted and the finisher controller PCB judges that the full level has been
reached.
Warning level : The punch continues operation until completion, or until the full level is
detected. New punching operation cannot be commenced.
Full level
: The punch suspends activity mid-operation. Punching can be restarted
when the punch waste has been disposed of and the waste container has
been set in place.
2-70
Punch waste feed motor (M169) drive signal
1
J749
Warning level detection LED drive signal

Punch waste container set (PI26)
detection signal
Tank full detection LED drive signal
Finisher
controller
PCB
J748
J748
J748
J748
Punch driver PCB
Punch waste feed (PI27) detection signal

Tank full detection signal 1 warning level detection signal
J741
F02-701-12
2-71
Operation sequence for punch rotation / side/ horizontal/ registration (2 sheets)

Start key ON
Size signal
Inlet path sensor PCB (S1)
Punch rotation home position
sensor (PI44)
Punch motor (M18)
Punch home position sensor
(PI46)
Punch registration motor
(M17)
Punch paper edge sensor
(PI43)
Punch horizontal registration
sensor HP sensor (PI45)
Punch sensor shift motor
(M19)
Punch completion sensor
(PI47)
Punch feed motor (M)
: Forward
: Reverse
F02-701-13
2-72
7.1.8 Punch Registration Motor (M17) / Punch Motor (M18) Drive Control
An outline of the punch registration motor (M17) and punch rotating motor (M18) drive
circuit is shown in the diagram below. M17 is a 4-phase stepping motor. Drive pulses are
sent from IC121 on the finisher controller PCB.
M18 is a DC motor. IC125 sends signals which control the motor's rotation direction and
speed.
The punch registration motor's PNHREGREF outputs signals to control the electrical current level switching while the motors are running and also while they are in hold mode.
Each motor has three current levels for operating mode and one for hold mode.
Finisher
controller
PCB
24VH
Punch driver PCB
J744
A
J741-A8
J741-A9
J741-A10
PCH_SFTN_CW
PCH_SFTN_CLK
PCH_SFTN_REF
J741-B14
J741-A6
Q758
3
6
1
J741-A7
J746
PCH_M_CCW
PCH_M_CW
PCH_M_PWM
M17
5
A*
B*
IC125
Punch
rotation
motor
Punch
registration
motor
Motor
driver PCB
M18
1
F02-701-14
2-73
7.1.9 Punch power supply

The power supply route for the punch is illustrated below. 36VPNH and 24VPNH, supplied by the punch driver PCB, are turned ON/OFF by the PC_POWER_ON signal and the
PFANON signal from the finisher controller PCB. The PNHON signal can be turned ON/
OFF by the user, using SW971-1 on the switch PCB.
The 5V power supply for sensor drive is turned ON/OFF by the PNHON signal
PC_POWER_ON. 36VPNH, 24VPNH and 5V are supplied from the punch driver PCB to
each load.
Punch driver PCB
Fuse box PCB
24VPNH
Q750
OPSW board
Finisher
controller
PCB
Motors
Fans
Q752
5V
Q751
Q757
Sensors
PCH_Kill
SW971-1
LEDs
PCH_POWER ON
Sensors
IC114
F02-701-15
2-74
8 FANS
8.1.1 Overview
The finisher is equipped with the two fans described in Table 2-801.
The power supply fan rotates when the drive signal (FANON) from the finisher controller
PCB is "0". While rotating, the power supply fan sends the FANSTP signal to the finisher
controller PCB. When the fan is not rotating, the signal changes to "1", causing the finisher
controller PCB to judge that the fan has stopped and to display an error code on the copier's
control panel.
The feed cooling fan rotates when the drive signal (PFANON) from the finisher controller
PCB is "0". While rotating, the feed cooling fan sends the PFANSTP signal to the finisher
controller PCB. When the fan is not rotating, the signal changes to "1", causing the finisher
controller PCB to judge that the feed cooling fan has stopped and to display an error code on
the copier's control panel. (E551, 01: power supply fan, 02: feed cooling fan)
Figure 2-802 shows the location of the fans and the flow of air. Figure 2-801 shows the
timing with which the fans turn ON.
No.
FM1
FM2
Name
Power supply fan
Feed cooling fan
Direction
Blowing
Blowing
Filter
None
None
Purpose
Cools the switching regulator
Cools the feed path
T02-801-01
Sequence of fan operation
Power Start
supply key
ON
ON
Copier/ finisher
power supply
Power supply fan
(FM1)
Feed cooling fan
(FM2)
Power
Copy supply
Finished OFF
*: The feed cooling fan only operates when paper is being fed.
F02-801-01
2-75
FM2
FM1
F02-801-02
2-76
9 POWER SUPPLY
9.1.1 AC Power supply
AC power comes from an external power supply through the machine's AC fuse PCB to
reach the switching regulator (SWR1). The switching regulator is turned ON/OFF by the
drive signal (REMTSWH) from the copier. When the switching regulator is ON, it supplies
the fuse PCB with 36V, 24V and 5V D power.
9.1.2 DC Power Supply

The 36V, 24V and 5V power supplies are supplied from the switching regulator to the finisher controller PCB, saddle stitcher controller PCB and punch driver PCB, via the fuse
PCB (PCB6).
i. Finisher controller PCB
The switching regulator supplies power to the finisher controller PCB via the following two micro-switches.
Notation
MSW4
MSW5
Switch name
Tray safety switch (front)
Tray safety switch (rear)
T02-901-01
Power is supplied to tray A lifter motor (M13) via the tray proximity switch (MSW5).
ii. Punch driver PCB
The 36V power supply for the punch rotating motor (M18) is supplied from the
switching regulator to the punch driver PCB via the fuse PCB.
a. 24V Power Supply
i. Finisher controller PCB
The power supply for the stapler motor (M11) and stapler shift motor (M10) is supplied to the finisher controller PCB from the switching regulator via the four microswitches described below.
Notation
MSW1
MSW7
MSW2
MSW6
Switch name
Front cover switch
Stapler safety switch (rear)
Swing guide safety switch
Stapler safety switch (rear)
T02-901-02
2-77
b. 5V Power Supply
Power is supplied directly by the switching regulator.
Memo
The output accuracy of the DC power supplies are as follows:

36V power supply +11%, -5.5%
24V power supply 5%
5V power supply 5.2V 5%
Note that these figures apply when the AC input is between 85 and 132V
(100/115V regions) or 187 and 264V (230V regions).
9.1.3 Protective functions

a. AC fuse PCB
The AC fuse PCB is equipped with two fuses (FU731, FU733), which shut off the circuit
in the event of over-current.
The PCB is also equipped with a spare fuse (FU732).
b. Switching regulator
The switching regulator is equipped with a fuse (F001) which shorts in the event of overcurrent.
2-78
c. Fuse PCB
The fuse PCB and DC controller PCB are equipped with the fuses described in the table
below, which short in the event of over-current in either power supply system. These fuses
cannot be replaced in the field.
Power supply system
24VDLV
24VINS
24VZFLD
24VSTP
24VF
24VPNH
36VPNH
36VTRYA
36VTRYB
5V
Fuse PCB
FU711
FU711
FU714, FU717
FU714
FU718
FU713
FU712
FU716

FU103
FU101
FU105
FU104
-
T02-901-03
9.1.4 Low Power Switch

The finisher controller PCB is equipped with a power-saving switch (Q185) which cuts
off the 24VDLV and 24VU power supplies at a specified timing. Power is shut off when the
power-saving key on the copier is pressed and when the copier is in low power mode.
9.1.5 Fan Interlocking Switch

The fuse PCB and punch driver PCB are equipped with fan interlocking switches (Q715/
Q759) that are linked to the fan drive signal and cut off the power supply whenever the fans
are not operating.
2-79
M48 Paper gripping plate motor

M41 Feed motor
M42 Folding motor
FU714
MSW1
Fuse 7A
Front door
SW1
M43 Guide motor

M44 Paper positioning motor
M43 Paper positioning motor
Saddle stitcher
control PCB
Staple motor (rear)
Staple motor (front)
M49 Saddle tray motor

CB1
Power supply PCB
Isolation
SW
SL41 Flapper solenoid 1
Circuit
breaker
SL42 Flapper solenoid 2

SL43 Feed roller contact
solenoid 1
SL44 Saddle inlet solenoid
3.15A
Isolation SW
M71 Folder motor
Fuse 5A
FU792
SL71 Inlet solenoid

SL72 B4 Z 2 solenoid
SL73 Folder pressure release
solenoid
SL74 Folder pressure solenoid
Folder upper cover SW
SL75 B4 Z 1 solenoid
Isolation
SW
FU711
Stop signal
24U
Fuse 5A
FM1
M1
Inlet motor
Driver PCB
M2
Buffer motor
Driver PCB
M3
Delivery motor
M9
Paddle motor
M6
M7
M8
Swing motor
M4
Front jogging motor
M5
Rear jogging motor
Power supply
fan motor
Finisher controller
PCB
FU718
MSW5
MSW4
M20 Knurled belt motor

Fuse 7A
Tray safety Tray safety

SW (rear) SW (front)
MSW3
FM2 Feed fan motor

Buffer path switching
SL1 solenoid
SL2 Upper path switching
solenoid
SL3 Sub-tray lifting solenoid
Tray
proximity
SW
Stop signal
FU712
Isolation SW
MSW7
MSW6
SL4
Processing tray rib solenoid
SL5
Trailing edge drop solenoid
Driver PCB
M12 Tray B lifting motor
Driver PCB
M13 Tray A lifting motor
MSW2
M11 Staple motor
Fuse 10A
FU713
Staple safety Staple safety Front door Staple driver PCB

SW (rear)
SW (front)
SW2
Isolation SW
Fuse 5A
Stop signal
Fuse 5A
M19 Punch sensor shift motor

M17 Punch shift motor
Energy-saving SW
FU719
M10 Staple shift motor
Punch driver PCB

Punch power supply ON signal
Isolation SW
Q855
Stop signal
M16 Punch waste feed motor

M18 Punch motor
M61 Inserter motor
Inserter stopper plate
SL61 solenoid
SL62 Inserter pickup solenoid
SL61 Sub-tray lifting solenoid
Fuse PCB
Inserter driver PCB
CL61 Inserter separation clutch
F02-901-02
2-80

F3
AC(L)
To power supply plug
6.3A
AC(N)
100V
SWR internal
rectifier circuit
Circuit breaker 5V
To E207 outlet
Relay
Power supply
PCB
208/230V
Power cord
Fuse PCB
GND
24V (remote signal)
To copier
F02-901-01
5V
FU716
J711-1
FU104
J714-9
Fuse 3A
J101-3
J109-B5
Fuse 0.5A
FU103
J713-5
Isolation SW
J113-B5
Driver PCB
M12 Tray B lifting motor
Driver PCB
M13 Tray A lifting motor
Fuse 0.5A
Module
isolation signal
J116-A15
Punch driver PCB

FU741
Isolation SW
Module isolation
switching signal
Fuse
1A
Punch waste
feed sensor
(PI27)
Inserter driver PCB

J115-B6
Switching
regulator
Fuse PCB
Isolation SW

Module isolation
signal
Folder driver PCB
FU791
Isolation SW
kill signal
Fuse
1A
Feed path sensor

(S7)
F02-901-03
2-81
10 DETECTION JAMS (FINISHER)

10.1.1 Overview
Check timing detects jams in the finisher section. It is stored in the ROM memory of the
finisher controller PCB and uses timing to determine whether or not a jam has occurred
through the presence or absence of a sheet in a sensor section. When a jam occurs, the finisher controller PCB informs the host copier of the details by code. The code can be confirmed in service mode in this machine. Also, the jam code may be confirmed with the
LED101 on the finisher controller PCB.
PI6
PI1
Buffer path paper
sensor PCB
PI2
Lower path paper

sensor PCB
PI32
PI19
PI1: Front door open sensor

PI2: Inlet path sensor
PI16: Non-sort delivery sensor
(S2): Buffer path paper sensor PCB
(S3): Lower path paper sensor PCB
P18: Stack sensor
PI19: Stapling home position sensor
F02-1001-01
2-82
Type of Jam
Inlet delay
Inlet stationary
Buffer path delay
Buffer path
stationary
Non-sort delay
Non-sort stationary
Lower path delay
Lower path
stationary
Door open
Power on
Staple
Sensor
Condition of Jam
PI2
The inlet path sensor fails to turn on within a

specified time after delivery signal comes on
or the horizontal residual paper sensor (PI33)
comes on.
PI2
The paper has not cleared the sensor after
feeding equivalent to (length of sheet+60)
mm from the time the sensor detects paper.
Buffer path paper
Buffer path paper sensor does not detect the
sheet after feeding equivalent to (438+150)
sensor (S2)
mm from the time the inlet path sensor turns
on.
Buffer path paper
sensor (S2)
feeding equivalent to (length of sheet + 60)
mm from the time the sensor detects paper.
PI6
The non-sort paper sensor fails to detect paper after feeding equivalent to (348 + 150)
mm from the time the inlet path sensor turns
on.
PI6
feeding equivalent to (length of sheet + 60)
mm from the time the sensor detected it.
Lower path paper
The lower path sensor fails to detect the
sheet after feeding equivalent to (540 + 150)
sensor (S3)
mm from the time the inlet path sensor detected paper.
The sheet has not cleared the sensor after
Lower path paper
sensor (S3)
feeding the equivalent of (length of sheet +
60) mm from the time the sensor detected
paper.
PI1
Open door is detected while paper is being
fed.
PI2, PI6, buffer path Either of the sensors described at left detects
paper sensor (S2),
paper when the power is turned on.
lower path paper
sensor (S3)
Stapler home posi- The sensor fails to come on 0.5 sec after gotion sensor (inside
ing off when the stapler motor is rotating
stapler unit)
forward, and the sensor comes on within 0.5
sec when the motor is rotating in reverse. If
the sensor remains off 0.5 seconds after a
reverse rotation, an error is judged.
Code
0016
0026
0017
0027
0018
0028
0019
0029
0008
0007
0006
2-83
Type of Jam
Sensor
Saddle inlet delay
PI59
Saddle inlet
stationary
PI59
Processing tray
stationary
PI8
PI31
2-84
Condition of Jam
This occurs when the saddle inlet paper sensor (PI59) fails to turn on within 1.5 sec of
the sensor coming ON, on the pick-up side
of the saddle inlet paper sensor coming on.
This occurs when the saddle inlet sensor
(PI59) fails to turn off after feeding for a
specified time (equivalent to length of paper
+ 100). This jam is detected by the finisher
controller PCB.
When the the stack delivery sensor (P18)
detects a stack in the processing tray when
the knurled belt motor (M20) fails operate
for any reason.
Code
0015
0025
0026
11 MODULE ISOLATION
11.1.1 Overview
If an error occurs in one of the modules, the finisher system enables the module concerned to be isolated and another to be operated. If an error related to a certain module occurs, the module concerned can be isolated by turning off the corresponding DIPswitch bit
on the switch PCB provided in the saddle stitcher. The table below shows the units where
the module isolation applies and the conditions when the module is isolated.
Units where module isolation applies
SW971 No.
SW971-1
Unit
Punch Unit
-2
Tray A
-3
-4
-5
-6
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Condition when cut off

Power flow is stopped. Connection is detected, but operation is
prohibited. The position of the punch unit must be initialized
by the user.
Power flow is stopped. Position of tray A must be adjusted by
user. Tray A is used as a fixed tray.
T02-1101-01
This table shows the errors for which the module can be isolated in each unit.
Unit
Punch unit
Tray A
Error
E590, E593, E594
E540
T02-1101-02
2-85
CHAPTER 3
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
1 Finisher Unit
[2]
1.1 Externals and Controls

1.1.1 External Covers
Remove the covers as follows when
cleaning, checking, or repairing the inside
of the machine.
Those covers that can be detached by
mere removal of their mounting screws are
omitted from the discussions.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
Rear cover (8)

Rear upper cover (2)
Tray A (4)
Stack wall (upper; 4)
Stack wall (lower, 4)
Foot cover (front; 2)
Foot cover (rear; 2)
Upper cover unit
Tray B (4)
Front door (0)
[8]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[9]
[5]
[7]
[10]
[6]
F03-101-01
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Support pole cover (1)

Inside cover (4)
Buffer roller knob (0)
Stopper (lower; 1)
Stopper (upper; 1)
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
F03-101-02
3-1
[1]
PCB cover (1)
[1]
F03-101-03
1.1.2 Removing the Upper Cover

Unit
[1]
[1]
1) Remove the rear upper cover.

2) Remove the two screws [1] of the side
plate.
F03-101-04
3) Remove the screw [2], and detach the
paper cover unit [3].
[3]
[2]
F03-101-05
3-2
1.1.3 Disconnecting from the Copier

(folder)
1) Remove the right upper cover.
2) Remove the rear cover and rear upper
cover.
3) Remove the inside cover.
4) Remove the two screws [1], and detach
the latch fixing plate (front; [2]).
[1]
[2]
F03-101-06
5) Shift up the latch claw (front; [3]).
[3]
F03-101-07
the latch fixing plate (rear; [5]).
[4]
[5]
F03-101-08
3-3
7) Shift up the latch claw (rear; [6]).

[6]
F03-101-09
8) Disconnect the finisher from the copier.
1.1.4 Adjusting the Height

If the floor of the site of installation
causes a discrepancy in terms of machine
height, adjust the height of the machine as
follows:
1.1.4-1 Checking the Height and
Making Preparations
1) Compare the height of the top face of
the finisher top cover or the folder front
cover/rear cover and the top face of the
copier left cover. If the difference in
height is not as indicated in F03-10111/12, make adjustments. If jams occur
frequently in the finisher inlet, check to
find out if the height must be adjusted.
Change the height of the machine using
the casters shown in F03-101-10.
F03-101-10
3-4
a. If the Top Face of the Copier Left

Cover is Higher (3 mm or less)
If the difference is not as indicated, go
to 4-2.
3mm or less
b. Top Face of the Finisher Upper Cover

/Rear Cover
2 mm or less
If not as indicated, go to 4-3.
2mm or less
F03-101-11
F03-101-12
3-5
2) Open the front cover. Remove the screw

[1], and detach the spanner [2] from behind the front cover.
[1]
[2]
F03-101-13
3) Remove the four screws [3], and detach
the foot cover (front; [4]) and the foot
cover (rear; [5]).
[3]
[3]
[4]
[5]
F03-101-14
(See 1.1.3)
3-6
1.1.4-2 If the Copier Is Higher

Loosen the fixing nut in the direction of
arrow C in the figure. Turn the caster adjusting foot in the direction of arrow D. A full
turn of the adjusting foot changes the height
by about 1.75 mm. Turn the foot as many
time as necessary. Perform this to the four
feet.
Fixing nut
Adjusting foot
F03-101-15
1.1.4-3 If the Finisher or the Folder Is
Higher
Loosen the fixing nut in the direction of
arrow C. Turn the caster adjusting foot in
the direction of arrow D. A full turn
changes the height by about 1.75 mm. Turn
the foot as many times as necessary. Perform this for the four feet.
Fixing nut
Adjusting foot
F03-101-16
3-7
1.1.4-4 Checking the Height

Connect the finisher to the copier, and
check the height. If the height is not as indicated, make adjustments once again. If appropriate, tighten all fixing nuts, and fit the
foot covers (front, rear).
1.1.5 Correcting the Slope

If the floor tilts the finisher, correct the
slope as follows; be sure to adjust the height
of the machine before starting the work:
1.1.5-1 Checking the Slope and Making
Preparations
1) Check to find out which way the machine tilts.
The gap between the finisher and the
copier is 5 0.3 mm. If the gap is larger
than this, assume slope A and perform
step 5-2; if it is smaller, assume slope B
and perform step 5-3.
Gap at bottom: 5
0.3 mm
F03-101-17
To adjust, turn the two casters

shown in F03-101-18.
Memo
F03-101-18
3-8
2) Open the finisher front cover. Remove

the screw [1], and detach the spanner
[2] from behind the front cover.
[1]
[2]
F03-101-19
the front foot cover [4] and the rear foot
cover [5].
[3]
[3]
[4]
[5]
F03-101-20
1.1.5-2 Correcting Slope A
1) Loosen the fixing nut in the direction of
arrow C in the figure. Turn the adjusting
foot of the caster in the direction of arrow D several times. Perform this on
both front and rear feet.
Fixing nut
Adjusting foot
F03-101-21
3-9
2) Check the gap between the finisher and

the copier. If the gap still has a discrepancy, turn the adjusting foot as needed.
If it has been turned excessively, turn it
back. Perform this on both front and
rear feet until the gap is the same at the
top and the bottom.
3) When the gap is even, tighten the front
and rear fixing nuts.
4) Mount the foot cover (front, rear).
5) Attach the spanner.
1.1.5-3 Correcting Slope B
1) Loosen the fixing nut in the direction of
arrow C in the figure. Turn the adjusting
foot of the cater in the direction of E in
the figure several times. Perform this on
both front and the rear feet.
Fixing nut
Adjusting foot
F03-101-22
2) Check the gap between the finisher and
the copier. If the gap still has a discrepancy, turn the adjusting foot as needed.
If it has been tightened excessively, turn
it back. Perform this on both front and
rear feet until the gap is the same at the
top and the bottom.
3) When the gap is even, tighten the front
and rear fixing nuts.
4) Mount the foot covers (front, rear).
5) Attach the spanner.
3-10
1.1.6 Removing the Stack Wall

(upper)
1) Move down the tray A below the stack
wall (upper). (See 1.3.1.)
the stack wall (upper ; [2]).
[1]
[2]
[1]
F03-101-23
1.1.7 Removing the Stack Wall

(lower)
1) Detach the upper stack wall.
2) Open the front door, and remove the
stopper (lower).
the stack wall (lower; [2]).
[1]
[2]
[1]
F03-101-24
3-11
1.1.8 Mounting the Stack Wall

(lower)
1) Turn the shutter drive shaft [2] so that
the shutter drive member [1] is at the
bottom.
[2]
[1]
F03-101-25
2) Mount the stack wall (lower) so that the
member [1] is in view through the hole
in the stack wall (lower).
[1]
F03-101-26
3-12
1.2 Handling Tray Unit

1.2.1 Removing the Handling Tray
Unit
[2]
[1]
1) Remove the stack wall (upper).

2) Remove the stack wall (lower).
connector cover [2].
F03-102-01
4) Disconnect the eight connectors [3], and
free the harness [4] from the cord
clamp.
[4]
[3]
F03-102-02
3-13

PCB cover [6].
6) Disconnect the connector [7], and free
the harness [8] from the cord clamp [9].
7) Move up the tray A to the topmost position, and move down the tray B to the
bottommost position.
8) Remove the four screws [10], and detach the holding tray unit. [11].
[11]
[10]
[10]
[10]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[9]
[7]
F03-102-03
3-14
1.2.2 Removing the Paddle Unit
[1]
1) While lifting the swing guide, remove

the screw [1] to detach the paddle unit
[2].
Memo
When you have removed the

holding tray, you may detach
the paddle unit from the handling tray unit.
[2]
F03-102-04
1.2.3 Removing the Paddle Unit

1) Remove the paddle unit. (See 1.2.2.)
2) Remove the retaining member [1], and
detach the paddle [2].
[1]
[2]
F03-102-05
3-15
1.2.4 Removing the Handling Tray

1) Remove the handling tray unit. (See
1.2.1.)
2) Remove the screw [1] of the stack delivery roller lower.
[1]
F03-102-06
3) Remove the screw [2] of the holding
tray.
4) Slide the handling tray [3] in the direction of arrow A, and then detach it in
the direction of arrow B.
[3]
[2]
F03-102-07
3-16
1.2.5 Removing the Alignment

Motor
Memo
Here, the removal of the front

alignment motor is discussed.
The rear alignment motor is removed in the same way.
1) Remove the handling tray unit (1.2.1)

together with the handling tray (1.2.4).
2) Turn the tray auxiliary plate motor [1]
by hand to move the tray auxiliary plate
away from home position.
[1]
F03-102-08
3) Loosen the screw [2] to reduce the tension on the belt.
4) Disconnect the connector [3].
[3]
[5]
[2]
F03-102-09
3-17

the alignment motor [5].
[5]
[4]
F03-102-10
3-18
1.3 Tray A Unit/Tray B Unit

1.3.1 Moving Down the Tray A/B
Unit
1) While holding the tray frame [1] from
below, insert a screwdriver into the long
hole [2] in the rear of the body.
[1]
[2]
F03-103-01
2) While freeing the ratchet with a screwdriver or the like, move down the tray
A/B unit.
The tray A/B may be detached
to free the ratchet [3].
[3]
Memo
If the power is turned on while

the latchet is not engaged, the
locks of the tray lock sensor
will not change, causing 'E540/
E542'.
F03-103-02
3-19
1.3.2 Removing the Tray A Unit

1) Open the upper cover, and detach the
support pole cover.
2) Remove the rear cover and the rear upper cover.
3) Remove the stopper (upper).
4) Disconnect the two connectors [1], and
remove the screw [2] to detach the
grounding wire [3].
5) Free the harness [5] from the cord
clamp [4]; then, remove the two screws
[6], and detach the harness holder [7].
[7]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[5]
[6]
[4]
F03-103-03
6) Pull off the tray A unit [8] upward.
[8]
F03-103-04
1.3.3 Removing the Tray B Unit

1)
2)
3)
4)
Remove the tray A unit.

Remove the stopper (lower).
Open the upper cover.
Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the screw [2] to detach the
grounding wire [3]; then, free the sharpness [5] from the cord clamp [4].
the harness holder [7].
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[7]
[6]
F03-103-05
3-20
6) Pull of fate tray B unit [8] upward.
[8]
F03-103-06
1.3.4 Removing the Try A/B Lift

Motor (M13/M12)
1) Remove the tray A/B.
2) Move down the tray A/B unit to the bottommost position (1.3.1). Otherwise,
the tray can drop along the rack when
the motor is removed.
motor driver PCB cover [2].
[1]
[2]
F03-103-07
the harness from the cord clamp [4].
[4]
[3]
F03-103-08
3-21

the motor [6].
[5]
[6]
[5]
F03-103-09
1.3.5 Mounting the Tray A/B Lift

Motor (M13/M12)
1) Mount the motor so that the circle connecting the protrusion [1] of the screw
hole of the motor will match the round
hole (large, [2]) of the motor mounting
face.
[1]
[1]
F03-103-10
[2]
F03-103-11
3-22
Memo
You can find out whether the

protrusion is matched against
the round hole (large) with reference to the small hole [3] on
the drive belt side.
[3]
[3]
F03-103-12
1.3.6 Position of Tray B at Power-On

The tray B [1] must not be above the tray
B paper sensor [2] at power on. If it is, an
error will be issued when the position of the
tray B is checked.
[1]
[2]
[2]
F03-103-13
3-23
1.3.7 Harness of the Tray A/B

After mounting the tray A/B, check to
make user that the harnesses are not entwined.
Free of
entanglement
F03-103-14
1.3.8 Points to Note When Handling

the Stack Wall Rail
[1]
Take care not to subject the stack wall rail

[1] to scratches or dents, which can affect
the stacking performance.
If dirt is excessive, use alcohol to clean.
[1]
F03-103-15
3-24
1.4 Knurled Belt Releasing

Unit
1.4.1 Removing the Knurled Belt
Releasing Unit
remove the two screws [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
F03-104-01
3) While freeing the knurled belt [3] from
the pulley [4], detach the knurled belt
releasing unit [5].
[4]
[3]
[4]
[5]
F03-104-02
3-25
1.5 Knurled Belt

1.5.1 Remove the Knurled Belt
1) Remove the handling tray unit. (1.2.1)
(1.1.3)
3) Remove the rear over.
the harness [3] from the cord clamp [2].
5) Remove the three screws [4], and detach
the sort delivery guide [5].
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[1]
[4]
F03-105-01
6) Remove the two E-rings [6] on both
sides of the sort delivery roller and the
bearing [7] from the front.
7) Detach the knurled belt [8] from the
sort delivery roller shaft.
[6]
[7]
[8]
[6] [7]
[9]
F03-105-02
3-26
1.6 Buffer Roller Unit

1.6.1 Removing the Buffer Roller
Unit
1) Open the front cover and the upper
cover.
2) Remove the buffer roller knob and the
inside cover.
3) Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the two screws [2]; then, detach
the upper cover sensor base [3].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
F03-106-01
[7]
4) Free the harness [5] from the cord

clamp [4].
the buffer path switching solenoid (SL1;
[8]).
[8]
[4]
[6]
[5]
F03-106-02
3-27

the prism support plate [10].
[9]
[9]
F03-106-03
[10]
F03-106-04
7) Remove the E-ring [11] from the front
end of the buffer roller shaft, and detach
the bearing [12].
[11]
[12]
F03-106-05
3-28
8) Remove the rear upper cover and the

rear cover.
9) Remove the punch waste case holder.
10) Disconnect the ten connectors [13] of
the punch driver PCB and the connector
[14] of the punch fan; then, free the harness [16] from the cord clamp.
the punch driver PCB [18].
[17] [18]
[14]
[17]
[13]
[15]
[16]
[15]
F03-106-06
the punch fan [20] together with the
base.
[19]
[20]
[19]
F03-106-07
3-29

the buffer motor [22].
[22]
[21]
[21]
F03-106-08
14) Remove the E-ring [23] at the rear end
of the buffer shaft, and detach the bearing [24].
[23]
[24]
F03-106-09
[25]
15) Remove the three screws [25], and detach the buffer motor base [26].
[26]
[25]
F03-106-10
3-30
16) Remove the screw [27], and remove the

gear [28] of the buffer roller shaft.
[27]
[28]
Take care not to drop the pin in

the gear.
F03-106-11
17) Remove the buffer roller unit [29].
[29]
F03-106-12
3-31
1.7 Stapler Unit

1.7.1 Removing the Stapler
1) Open the front cover, and remove the
inside cover.
the switch PCB [3] together with the
base.
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
F03-107-01
remove the two screws [5]; then, detach
the stapler [7]. Before removing, be
sure to take note of the stapler positioning index.
Index
[6]
[5]
[4]
F03-107-0-2
3-32
1.7.2 Adjusting the Position of the

Stapler Paper Stopper
2) Move the stapler unit [1] to the middle
of the rail.
3) Loosen the screws ([3], 2 each) on the
stapler paper stopper (left, right; [2]).
[3]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F03-107-03
4) While lifting the swing guide, insert a
stack of several sheets [4], and butt it
against the rear end stopper [5].
[5]
[4]
F03-107-04
5) While butting the stapler paper stopper
(left, right; [2]) against the stack of
sheets [4], tighten the screw [3].
[2]
[3]
[4]
F03-107-05
3-33
1.7.3 Positioning the Stapler

1.7.3-1 Using the Index
Mount the stapler holder with reference
to the index taken note of before removing
it. (Normally, match it against the middle
index to position it correctly).
Index
F03-107-06
1.7.3-2 Using the Stopper
If the index is not clear, perform the following; this method is useful when the stapler paper stopper has not been moved:
1) Move the stapler unit [1] to the middle
of the rail.
2) Loosen the two stapler holder fixing
screws [2].
[2]
[1]
F03-107-07
3) Lifting the swing guide, insert a stack of
several sheets [3], and butt it against the
rear end stopper [4].
[4] [3]
F03-107-08
3-34
4) Slide the stapler holder [6] until the stapler paper stopper [5] butts against the
stack of sheets; then, tighten the screw.
[6]
[5]
F03-107-09
1.7.3-3 Positioning by Stapling
If the index is not clear upon replacement
of the stapler holder and, in addition, the
stapler has moved, perform the following:
2) Fix the stapler holder to the base temporarily. At this time, try to position it
somewhat toward the rear.
3) Move the stapler [1] to the middle of
the rail.
4) Loosen the screws (2 each) of the stapler paper stopper (left, right).
again the rear edge stopper [3].
[1]
[2] [3]
6) Perform manual stapling.

7) Check the position of the staple against
the standards.
6 2mm
F03-107-10
Direction
of delivery
F03-107-11
3-35
8) According to the result of comparison,

move the stopper holder [4] with reference to the index (2 screws [5]).
[4]
Index
[5]
F03-107-12
against the rear edge stopper [7].
[7]
[6]
F03-107-13
10) Slide the stapler holder [9] unit the stapler paper stopper [8] butts against the
paper sack, and tighten the screw.
[9]
[8]
F03-107-14
3-36
1.7.4 Adjusting the Position of the

Stapler (front, 1-point)
If you have replaced the EEPROM
(IC108) of the finisher controller PCB, perform the following:
1) Set SW973 on the switch PCB as follows:
AB-configuration
ON
Inch-configuration
ON
F03-107-15A
2) Press SW976.
The swing guide of the finisher opens
and, at the same time, the front aligning
plate and the rear aligning plate move to
home position. Then, the front/rear
aligning plate moves to the front 1-point
stapling position. The stapler also
moves to the front 1-position stapling
position. The latest setting is indicated
by DSP971 on the switch PCB; between
'-12' and '+12'.
3) Place several sheets of A4 or LTR
sheets, and insert them into the holding
tray. At this time, butt the trailing edge
of the stack against the rear aligning
plate.
If the gap between the front aligning

plate and the paper front edge is 1 mm
or more, turn off the power; then, shift
all bits of SW973 to OFF, and stop the
adjustment. Then, adjust the alignment
width, and then perform the adjustment
of the stapling position.
4) Press SW976 of the switch PCB.
In response, the stapler performs stapling. The indication of DSP971 will be
'0'.
5) Remove the stack of sheets, and check
the staple position against the standard.
If it is correct, end the adjustment. Turn
off the power, and shift all bits of
SW973 to OFF, and turn on the power
once again. If the stapling position must
still be adjusted, go to the next step.
Direction of
delivery
5 2mm
F03-107-15B
F03-107-15C
3-37
6) Press SW976 once so that a new setting

may be entered.
The stapler moves to home position
once, and then moves back to stapling
position. DSP971 indicates the latest
setting.
press SW975 (+) or SW974 (-) on the
Each press on SW975 (+) shifts the stapling position to the front by about 0.42
mm, and the indication of DSP971 advances in the direction of '+' by '1',
Each press on SW974 (-) moves the stapling position toward the rear by about
0.42 mm. The indication of DSP971 advances in the direction of '-' by 1.
8) As in step 3), insert a stack of several
A4 or LTR sheets into the handling tray.
9) Press SW976 once so that the new setting will be accepted.
Manual stapling will take place automatically so that you can check the stapling position. The indication of
DSP971 will be '0'.
10) Turn off the power.
11) Shift all bits of SW973 to OFF.
12) Turn off the power, and move down the
swing guide.
3-38

(rear, 1-point)
(IC108) of the finisher controller PCB or
replaced the stapler, perform the following:
1) Set SW973 of the switch PCB as follows:
AB-configuration
ON
Inch-configuration
ON
F03-107-15D
2) Press SW976 of the switch PCB.
home position. Then, the front aligning
the rear 1-point stapling position. The
stapler also moves to the rear 1-point
stapling position. DSP971 on the switch
PCB indicates the latest setting; between '-12' and '+12'.
3) Holding a stack of several A4 or LTR
sheets, insert it into the handing tray. At
this time, butt the trailing edge of the
stack against the rear aligning plate.
F03-17-15E

or more, turn off the power; then, shift
all bits of SW973 to OFF to stop adjustment. Thereafter, adjust the alignment
width, and then adjust the stapling position once again.
4) Press SW973 on the stitch PCB.
In response, the stapler will execute stapling operation. The indication of
DSP971 will be '0'.
5) Remove the stack of sheets, and check
the stapling position against the standard. If the stapling position is correct,
end the adjustment. Turn off the power,
and shift all bits of SW973 to OFF, and
turn on the power once again. If the stapling position must still be adjusted, go
to the net step.
6) Press SW976 once so that a new setting

may be entered.
The stapler will move to home position
once and then back to the stapling position. DSP971 indicates the latest setting.
press SW975 (+) or SW974 (-) on the
Each press on SW975 (+) shifts the stapling position toward the front by about
0.42 mm. The setting of DSP971 advances in the direction of '+' by '1'.
Each press on SW974 (-) shifts the stapling position toward the rear by about
0.42 mm. The setting of DSP971 moves
in the direction of '-' by '1'.
8) As in step 3), insert several sheets of A4
or LTR paper into the handling tray.
9) Press SW976 once so that the new setting will be accepted.
Automatic stapling will take place so
that you can check the stapling position.
The indication of DSP971 will be '0'.
12) Turn on the power, and move down the
swing guide.
5 2mm
F03-107-15F
3-39
1.8 Punch Unit

Before removing the punch unit,
perform the following so that
the punch waste is moved to the
waste case.
[1]
1) Shift bits 1, 6, 7, and 8 of DIP SW973

on the switch PCB to ON.
2) Press SW976 on the switch PCB to turn
on the punch waste feed motor.
3) Keep the motor ON for 5 min.
4) Press SW976 to stop the motor.
1.8.1 Removing the Punch Slide

Unit
1) Open the front cover, and remove the
punch knob [1].
F03-108-01
2) Remove the inside cover. (4 screws)
3) Remove the punch waste case [2] and
the rear cover [3].
[3]
[2]
F03-108-02
3-40
4) Disconnect the eight connectors [4], and

free the harness from the five cord
clamps [5].
[5]
[4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
F03-108-03
[6]
5) Remove the four screws [6], and slide

out the punch slide unit [7] to the front.
F03-108-04
[7]
F03-108-05
3-41
When mounting, be sure that

the tip of the punch slide unit is
fully in the slit as shown.
F03-108-06
3-42
1.8.2 Mounting the Punch Waste

Case Holder
1) Mount the waste case holder [1] to the
finisher frame in the sequence indicated
by arrows: arrow A, and then arrow B.
When fitting the holder in the direction
of arrow B, match the hole in the waste
case holder and the protrusion [2] of the
finisher.
B
A
[1]
F03-108-07
[2]
F03-108-08
2) Secure the waste case holder [4] with
three screws [3].
[3]
[4]
F03-108-09
3-43
1.9 PCBs
1.9.1 Removing the Finisher
Controller PCB
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Disconnect the 26 connectors, and remove the four screws [1] to detach the
finisher controller PCB [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
F03-109-01
3-44
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts

1.1 Finisher Unit
The finisher unit does not have parts that
require periodical replacement.
4-1
2 Guide to Durables
Some of the parts of the machine may require replacement once or more over the product
warranty because of deterioration or damage. Replace them as needed.
As of February 2001
2.1 Finisher Unit

No.
Part name
Part No.
Q'ty
A1
Stapler
FB5-9308
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Knurled belt
Upper stack delivery roller
Sort static eliminator
Sort static eliminator 2
Puncher unit
2
1
1
2
1
A7
A8
A9
A10
Punch static eliminator

Staple guide F
Staple guide R
Staple guide C
FB5-9103
FB4-8363
FB5-9128
FB5-9006
FG6-7548
(2-hole)
FG6-7549
(2/3-hole)
FG6-7550
(4-hole, France)
FG6-7551
(4-hole, Sweden)
FB5-8684
FF6-1191
FF6-1192
FF6-1193
4-2
Life
Remarks
500,000 stapling About 5000 per caroperations

tridge
To tray B; 1 million prints
1 million punch- If 200 g/m2 paper at

ing operations
5% image, 100,000
times
1
1
1
1
[A7]
[A3]
[A4]
[A5]
[A6]
[A5]
[A2]
[A9]
[A2]
[A8]
[A1]
[A10]
F04-204-01
4-3
3 Scheduled Maintenance
As of February 2001
3.1 Finisher Unit

Item
Intervals
Paper surface sensor

Inlet path sensor
Buffer path paper sensor
Punch waste sensor prism
Photosensor around punch unit
(Note 1)
Every 250,000 prints of

copier delivery
Upon replacement of
puncher unit
Work
Cleaning
Remarks
Blower brush
Dry wiping
Using blower brush
Note 1: punch paper edge sensor (P21), punch motor home position sensor (PI22), punch sensor home
position sensor (PI23), punch home position sensor (PI24), punch front sensor (PI25)
4-4
CHAPTER 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
1 Making Adjustments
1.1 Electrical System
1.1.1 Adjusting the Alignment Width
(IC102) of the finisher controller PCB, front
aligning plate motor (M4), or rear aligning
plate motor (M5), make the following adjustments:
1) Using the door switch actuator, turn on
the two door switches. Set SW973 on
the switch PCB as indicated.
F05-101-01
AB-configuration
ON
Inch-configuration
ON
F05-101-02
2) Press SW976 on the switch PCB.
home position. Thereafter the rear
aligning plate moves to the rear aligning
position, while the front aligning plate
moves from the rear aligning plate to a
point 'A4 width or LTR width + $'.
DSP971 of the switch PCB indicates '4', which is the initial offset value.
3) Keep several sheets of A4 or LTR paper
together, and insert it into the handling
tray. (Be sure that the leading edge of
the stack butts against the rear aligning
plate.)
4) Butt the trailing edge of the stack
against the rear aligning plate.
5) Press SW975. Each press shifts the
front aligning plate toward the rear by
about 0.42 mm. Each press, further, advances the offset reading of DSP971 on
the switch PCB up to '+4'. Repeat this
until there is no gap between the front
edge of the stack and the front aligning
plate.
You cannot enter a value higher than
'+4'.
5-1

The setting will be stored, and the front/
rear aligning plate return to home position.
If you happen to have pressed SW975
too many times and the front aligning
plate has moved too far, press SW974.
The front aligning plate will stop once,
returns to home position, and then
moves back to adjustment start position.
Go back to step 5), and start over.
8) Shift all bits of SW973 of the finisher
PCB to OFF.
9) Turn on the power.
The swing guide will move down.

(front, 1-position)
If you have replaced the EEPROM of the
finisher controller PCB or the stapler, make
the following adjustments:
the two door switches. Set SW973 of
the switch PCB as indicated:
AB-configuration
ON
Inch-configuration
ON
F05-101-03
2) Press SW976 on h switch PCB.
plate and the rear aligning plate return
to home position. Then, the front aligning plate and the rear aligning plate
move to the front 1-point stapling position. The stapler also moves to the front
1-point stapling position. DSP771 on
the switch PCB indicates the latest setting, which is between '-12' and '12'.
together, and insert the stack into the
handling tray. At this time, be sure to
butt the trailing edge of the stack
against the rear aligning plate.
5-2
F05-101-04
plate and the front edge of the stack is 1
mm or more, turn off the power, and
shift all bits of SW973 to OFF to stop
adjustment. Then, adjust the alignment
range width, and then start over.
The stapler performs stapling.
5) Take out the stack, and check the stapling position against the standard. If
the stapling position is as indicated, end
the adjustment.
Turn off the power, and shift all bits of
SW973 to OFF, and then turn on the
power once again. If you need to adjust
the stapling position, go to the following step:
Direction of
delivery
5 2mm
6) Press SW976 once so that the machine

is ready to accept a new setting.
The stapler moves to home position
once, and then returns to the stapling
position once again. LED 101 indicates
the latest setting.
7) Press SW975 or SW974 on the switch
PCB according to the result of comparison.
Each press on SW975 shifts the stapling
position toward the front by about 0.42
mm. The reading of DSP971, on the
other hand, advances in the direction of
'+'.
Each press on the SW974 shits the stapling position toward the rear by about
0.42 mm. The reading of DSP971, on
the other hand, advances in the direction
of '-'.
8) As in step 3), insert several sheets of A4
or LTR paper into the handling tray.
accepts the new setting.
The machine executes stapling automatically so that you can check the stapling position.
12) Turn on the power to move down the
swing guide.
F05-101-05
5-3

(rear 1-point)
(IC102) on the finisher controller PCB or
the stapler, make the following adjustments:
the SW973 as follows:
F05-101-07
AB-configuration
ON
Inch-configuration
ON
F05-101-06
plate and the rear aligning plate return
to home position. Then, the front aligning plate and the rear aligning plate
move to the rear 1-point stapling position. The stapler also moves to the rear
1-point stapling position. The setting of
DSP971 on the switch PCB indicates
the latest setting, which is between '-12'
and '12'.
together, and insert the stack into the
holding tray. At this time, be sure to butt
the trailing edge of the stack again the
rear aligning plate.
5-4

or more, turn off the power, and shift all
bits of SW973 to OFF to stop the adjustment. Then, adjust the alignment
width, and then start over.
4) Press SW976 note switch PCB.
The stapler executes stapling.
5) Take out the stack of sheets, and check
the stapling position against the standard. If the stapling position is correct,
end the adjustment. Turn off the power,
shift all bits of SW973 to OFF, and turn
on the power once again. If you need to
correct the stapling position, go to the
following step:
5 2mm
F05-101-08

is ready to accept a new setting.
The stapler returns to home position and
then moves back to the stapling position
once again. LED101 indicates the latest
setting.
PCB according to the result of comparison.
Each press on SW975 shift the stapling
position toward the front by about 0.35
mm. The reading of DSP971 advances
in the direction of '+' by '1'.
Each press on SW974 shifts the stapling
position toward the rear by about 0.35
mm. The reading of DSP971 advances
in the direction of '-' by '1'.
8) As in step 3), insert a stack of several
sheets of A4 or LTR paper into the handling tray.
9) Press SW976 so that the new setting
will be stored.
The machine executes stapling automatically so that you can check the stapling position.
12) Turn off the power to move down the
swing guide.
1.1.4 Adjusting the Wrapping on the

Buffer Roller
Perform the adjustments that follow for
the following:
a. If you have replaced the EEPROM
(IC102) on the finisher controller PCB.
b. If the degree of wrapping has changed
for some reason.
The degree of wrapping refers to the displacement between the first and second
sheets or between the second and third
sheets.
Degree of wrapping
3rd sheet
2nd sheet
1st sheet
F05-101-09
ON
F05-101-10
2) Set '2' to as the copy count on the
copier, select sort mode, and place three
originals.
5-5
3) Press the Start key.

The machine starts to operate, and stops
as soon as paper wraps around the
buffer roller.
4) Open the front cover and the upper
cover, and measure the displacement
between the sheets of paper wrapping
around the buffer roller (between 1st
and 2nd sheets, between 2nd and 3rd
sheets).
After taking measurements, remove the
stack of sheets.
5) Compare the degree of wrapping (displacement) against the standards.
Degree of wrapping
Degree of wrapping
(between 2nd and 3rd) (between 1st and 2nd)
2 1 mm
Displacement
= 2 1 mm
3rd sheet
2nd sheet
1st sheet
F05-101-11
6) Turn off the power, and set SW973 on
ON
F05-101-12
7) Press the switch (SW976) on the switch

PCB.
DSP971 (LED) indicates '1' or '2' (degree of wrapping for 1st and 2nd
sheets), and then indicates the latest setting.
8) Press SW975 (+) or SW974 (-) as many
times as necessary to adjust the degree
of wrapping between 1st and 2nd
sheets, thereby entering a new setting.
Each press on SW975 (+) or SW974
(-) changes the degree of wrapping
by about 1.74 mm.
Each press on SW975 (+) increases
the degree of wrapping.
Each press on SW974 (-) decreases
9) After entering the setting, press the
switch (SW976) so that the machine accepts the new setting.
DSP971 (LED) indicates '2' and '3' (between 2nd and 3rd sheets), and indicates the latest setting.
10) Press SW975 (+) and SW974 (-) as
many times as necessary to adjust the
degree of wrapping between 2nd and
3rd sheets, thereby entering a new setting.
Each press on SW975 (+) or SW974
(-) changes the degree of wrapping
by about 1.74 mm.
Each press on SW975 (+) increases
Each press on SW974 (-) decreases
11) After entering the new setting, press the
switch (SW976) so that the the machine
accepts the new setting.
DSP971 (LE) reads '0' to indicate the
end of operation.
The finisher may fail to operate hereafter if the upper

cover is not closed.
5-6
1.1.5 Sensor Initial Adjustment
No.
If y have replaced any of the sensors or

the EEPROM (IC102), perform the following adjustments:
Inlet path paper sensor (S1)
Buffer path paper sensor (S2)
Lower path paper sensor (S3)
Tray B paper sensor (S4)
Tray A power sensor (S5)
Punch waste sensor (S6)
1) Check to make sure that there is no paper in the paper path and the sort tray.
Close the upper cover and the front
cover.
2) Dispose of the punch waste inside the
punch waste case, and fit the case in the
finisher.
3) Set SW973 on the switch PCB as indicated:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ON
F05-101-13
The machine starts adjustment mode.
The tray A/B also moves to the 1000sheet stacking position (to avoid blocking the tray A/B paper sensor (S4/S5)).
5) Monitor DSP971 on the switch PCB
while the machine executes automatic
adjustment if to see which sensor is being adjusted. (Table 5-101)
Sensor
Tray A power sensor (S5)
Punch waste sensor, advance warning (S6)
Punch waste sensor, full (S6)
T05-101-01
6) When the adjustment ends, check
DSP973 to find out the result.
If DSP971 indicates '0', all sensors are
normal.
If DSP971 indicates 'F', the output level
of any of the sensors is not normal.
PCB so that details of the result of the
adjustment is indicated.
After the sensor number (Table 5-102),
details are indicated for that particular
sensor (Table 5-103).
A press on SW975 moves to the next
sensor, while a press on SW974 moves
to the previous sensor.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sensor
Tray A paper sensor (S5)
Punch waste sensor, advance warning (S6)
Punch waste sensor, full (S6)
T05-101-02
5-7
Level 3
Indicates
that the
sensor
output
level is
good.
Level 2
Indicates
that the
sensor
output
level is
starting to
drop.
Level 1
Indicates
that the
sensor
output
level is
near the
lower
limit for
use.
Level 0
Indicates
that the
sensor
output
level is
below the
lower
limit for
use (faulty
sensor).
T05-101-03
If the detail of the result is level 2, level

1, or level 0, clean the sensor and check
how the sensor is mounted.
After cleaning and checking the sensor,
try the adjustment once gain; if still
level 1, be ready for replacement.
After cleaning and checking the sensor,
try the adjustment once again; if still
level 0, replace the sensor.
The result will be stored.
The tray A/B will move up to initial position.
9) Turn off the power, and shit all bits of
SW973 to OFF.
5-8
1.1.6 Adjusting the Speed of the

Swing Guide
(ICS107) on the finisher controller PCB or
the swing motor (M8) or disassembled/reassembled parts associated with the swing
mechanism, make the following adjustments:
ON
F05-101-14
The machine starts automatic adjustment, and the swing guide makes several swinging movements.
The machine automatically adjusts the
output voltage to the swing motor drive
circuit so that the time period (T1) from
when the swing motor starts to when
the swing guide closed sensor (PI15)
goes OFF is as specified.
3) Check DSP971 to find out the result of
automatic adjustments:
OK if 'A'.
NG if F, F11, F1, F2, F4, F5, or F6.
4) If the result is 'A' (OK), press SW976
on the switch PCB.
The machine accepts the new setting.
If T1 is too long or too short, the output
voltage of the default will be stored.
7) If the result is 'NG', press SW976 on the

switch PCB to execute the adjustment
once gain.
8) If 'NG' is indicted after several attempts,
check the following:
Belt of the swing guide motor for tension.
Swing guide closed sensor (PI5) for
mounting condition.
Memo
If the swing guide has

started to wear and, as a
result, the noise of the
guide increases when it
moves up/down, execute
this adjustment to correct
the motor drive speed; the
noise may decrease.
1.1.7 Indication for the Swing Guide

Speed
You can measure, evaluate, and indicate
the time it takes the swing guide to move up
or down using this mode. If jams occur often near the swing guide, check the time
length:
1) Set SW973 on the finisher controller
PCB as indicate:
ON
F05-101-15
2) Press SW976 on the PCB.
The switch guide performs several
swinging operations, and the machine
automatically measures the time it takes
the guide to move up/down.
3) When the up/down movement of the
swing guide ends, check DSP971 the
PCB for the result.
If the reading of DSP971 is '0', the result is within standards.
If the reading of DSP971 is 'F', on the
other hand, the result is outside the standard.
4) Press SW975 or SW974 on the PCB.
DSP971 indicates the time length of ascent and the time length of descent.
A press on SW75 brings up the ascent
time length, while a press on SW974
indicates the descent time length.
In the case of ascent time length, the
indication will be 'a', 'b', and 'c' in sequence.
In the case of descent time, the indication will be 'a', 'b', and 'c' in sequence.
5-9
'a' represents the 100s; 'b' represents the

10s; and 'c' represents the 1s; all in units of
'msec'
Memo
The standard ascent time

length is 250 15 ms,
while the standard descent
time length is 250 15
msec.

Punch Holes (feed direction)
1) Make a copy in punch mode, and check
the position of the punch holes.
100/230V model (2-hole)
Direction
of feed
12 3mm

Memo
If the ascent/descent time

length is too long, suspect a
mechanical fault.
208V model (3-hole)

Direction
of feed
12 3mm
F05-101-16
2) Set SW973 on the switch PCB as follows:
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F05-101-17
the latest setting.
PCB as many times as necessary in reference to the position of the punch
holes checked in step 1. Each press on
the switch shifts the position of holes by
0.5 mm. DSP971 on the finisher controller PCB indicates the new setting.
5-10
100/230V model (2-hole)

Direction
of feed
Shift of the hole

position by a press
on SW975
Shift of the hole
position by a press
on SW974
208V (3-hole)
Direction
of feed
Shift of the hole

position by a press
on SW9775
Shift of the hole
position by a press
on SW974
F05-101-18
The machine will accept the new setting.
Memo
The setting may be

changed in the copier's service mode:
SORTER>PNCH-HLE.
1.1.9 Adjusting the Punch Hole

Position (in direction of
horizontal registration)
1) Make a copy in punch mode, and check
the position of the punch holes.
100/230V
model
(2-hole)
Middle of paper
Direction
of feed
Vertical displacement (in left/right direction in figure)

of the two hole in relation to the middle of paper is
1 mm.
208V
model
(3-hole)
Middle of paper
Direction of
feed
Vertical displacement (in left/right direction) of the

middle hole in relation to the middle of paper is 1
mm.
F05-101-19
Regardless of the mode of
delivery (face up or face
down), make a check with
the top face of the sheet delivered in the tray as the top
face.
2) Set SW973 of the switch PCB as indicated:
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F05-101-20
5-11

the current setting.
4) Press SW975 or SW974 on the PCB as
necessary according to the position of
the punch holes checked in step 1).
Each press shifts the punch hole position by 0.33 mm. The reading of
DPS971 on the PCB also changes.
100/230V
model
(2-hole)
Middle of paper
Direction
of feed
1.1.10 Adjusting the Sensitivity of

the Sensors
If you have replaced any of the following
sensors, make the adjustments that follow:
Punch paper edge sensor (PI21)
Punch driver PC
Also, make the adjustments if when installing the punch unit (accessory).
1) Turn on the copier's power switch so
that the copier is in standby.
2) Open the front door of the finisher, and
remove the screw [1] to detach the
switch PCB cover [2].
[2]
Shift of the hole

position by a
press on SW974
208V
model
(3-hole)
Shift of the hole

position by a
press on SW975
Middle of paper
Direction
of feed
Shift of the punch

hole by a press
on SW974
Shift of the punch

hole by a press
on SW975
F05-101-21
[1]
F05-101-22
3) Turn on the two front door switches of
the finisher using the door switch actuators.
5-12
4) Set DIP SW973 as shown (bits 1, 6, 7,

and 8 at ON), and turn on the push
switch (SW976):
The punch waste feed motor rotates.
LED741 goes ON.
6) Turn the variable resistor (VR741) on

the punch driver PCB fully clockwise,
and check to make sure that LED742
goes OFF.
J744 J746
J743
J741
J745
VR741
J749 J742 J748
VR742
J750
LED
742
J747
VR741
F05-101-25
F05-101-23
the punch driver PCB fully counterclockwise.
J744 J746

the punch driver PCB fully counterclockwise, and check to make sure that
LED742 goes ON.
the punch driver clockwise, and check
to make sure that LED742 starts to
flash.
J743
J741
VR741
J745
J749
J742
VR742
J748 J750
J747
VR742
F05-101-24
5-13
9) If LED742 does not flash while the

variable resistor (VR741) is turned, give
the variable resistor (VR742) a 1/2 turn
in clockwise direction, and start over
with step 5).
If LED742 still does not flash, give the
variable resistor (VR742) another 1/2
half turn in clockwise direction, and
start over with step 5).
1.1.11 After Replacing the

EEPROM (IC102)
1) Turn off the copier.
2) Set SW973 on the switch PCB as indicated.
ON
J744 J746
VR741
J745
J742
J748
VR742
J750
J747
VR742
F05-101-26
Then, go over the following:
Check the punch paper edge sensor
(PI21) for mounting condition.
Try replacing the punch paper edge sensor (PI21).
10) Shift all bits of DIP SW973 to OFF
(normal operation), and turn off and
then on the copier.
5-14
F05-101-27
J743
J741
J749
3) Turn on the copier.

4) Hold down SW976 and SW975 on the
stitch PCB at the same time for 3 sec or
more.
The machine initializes the EEPROM.
5) Make the adjustments indicated in Table
5-104.
Alignment with
Stapling position (front, 1-point)
Stapling position (rear, 1-point)
Degree of wrapping on buffer roller
Sensor initial level
Swing guide speed
Punch hole position (in direction of
feed)
Punch hole position (in direction of
horizontal registration)
T05-101-04
1.1.12 Replacing the Finisher

Controller
(in response to E505)
2) Remove the EEPROM (IC102) from the
new PCB. (Do not dispose of the ROM
as yet.)
3) Remove the EEPROM from the old
PCB, and mount it to the socket of the
new PCB (ICS102).
4) Remove the old PCB from the finisher,
and mount the new PCB to the finisher .
5) Turn on the copier. If the copier does
not indicate 'E055', end the work. (The
contents of the old PCB are backed up
on the new PCB.)
If 'E505' is indicated, go to the following step:
If 'E505' occurs once again, the
EEPROM is faulty. You cannot back up
the memory using the old EEPROM.
6) Turn off the copier, and replace the
EEPROM mounted to the new PCB
with the EEPROM removed and put
aside from the new PCB.
7) Perform the work under 11. "After Replacing the EEPROM."
1.1.13 Initializing the RAM

ON
F05-101-28
2) To clear the counter only,
Hold down SW976 and SW974 on the
switch PCB at the same time for 3 sec
or more.
To clear all data,
Hold down SW976 and SW975 on the
switch PCB at the same time for 3 sec
or more.
3) Turn off the power, and shift all bits of
SW973 to OFF.
5-15
1.1.14 Selecting Upward Curl

Paper Mode
a. Outline
At times, sheets in tray B can show appreciable curling, preventing correct depositing of subsequent sheets. See the diagrams
that follows:
The upcoming stack of
sheets hits against the
existing sheets.
As needed, perform the following:

1) Turn over the sheets in the source of paper (cassette).
If the upward curling increases, turn
over the sheets in the cassette once
again.
If the curling still is appreciable and the
sheets fail to be stacked correctly, select
'finisher stack enhancement mode' in the
copier's service mode:
COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FTMPDOWN.
0: OFF, 1: lower by 5C, 2: lower by
10C, 3: lower by 15C
If this fails to show good results, select
'upward curl paper mode.'
b. Selecting Upward Curl Paper Mode
2) Set SW972 of the circuit as indicated.
ON
F05-101-29
The upcoming
stack of sheets
hits against the
existing sheets.
The bits other than bit 5 must be set

according to the mode and model in
question.
F05-101-31
F05-101-30
5-16
3) Turn on the power.

When this mode starts, the speed of delivery will increase; as a result, the sheet
will be delivred without its trailing edge
being trapped even when its leading
edge hits the existing sheets. The increase in speed depends on the number
of sheets in the stack.
If stacks of sheets with little curl or with
downward curl are delivered after selecting this mode, the increase in speed
can cause the stacks to be deposited
away from the stacking wall (F05-10132), making it very important to check
the type of paper the user uses before
selecting this mode.
1.1.15 Selecting Downward Curl

Paper Mode
a. Outline
At times, sheets stacked in the handling
tray can develop downward curl. A subsequent stack of sheets will then tend to slide
beyond the existing stack, adversely affecting the overall stacking performance. (for
small-size paper, 5-131a)
F05-101-33
F05-101-32
b. Service Work
As necessary, turn over the sheets inside
the cassette, and make copies.
If the copies are stacked properly, end
the work.
Select 'finisher stack enhancement
mode' in the copier's service mode:
COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FTMPDOWN.
0: OFF, 1: lower by 5C, 2: lower by
10C, 3: lower by 15C
5-17
If the curl is more appreciable than before turning over the paper, turn over
the paper, and select 'downward curl paper mode'.
If the curl is less appreciable but a
stacking fault as shown in F05-101-33
still occurs, select 'downward curl paper
mode'.
c. Selecting Downward Curl Mode

2) Remove the PCB cover (1 screw), and
shift bit 6 of SW972 of the circuit to
ON. (F05-101-34)
3) Mount the PCB cover (1 screw), and
turn on the copier.
[4] Operation of the Paddle

The paddle is operated intermittently.
[5] Number of Alignment Operations
The alignment operation is expected
twice (excludes the last sheet of a
stack).
[6] Starting Alignment Operation
The alignment operation is started in
sync with the operation of the paddle.
[7] Moving Up the Tray on Delivery
If no Z-fold sheet exits, the tray is
moved up when the stack consists of 6
sheets instead of 11 sheets.
e. Conditions of Operation
If a stack of two sheets or more is
stacked, the foregoing operations will be as
follows:
ON
The bits other than bit 6 must be set according to the mode and model in question.
F05-101-34
d. Operating in Downward Curl Paper
Mode
[1] Retracting the Tray Auxiliary Plate
If the mode is not selected, a stack is
delivered after retracting the tray auxiliary plate; when the mode is selected, a
stack is delivered as the tray auxiliary
plate is retracted.
[2] Detecting the Height of the Tray B
The remedial operation for the height is
not expected even when paper has been
added (by the user) to the tray B while
the holding tray is in operation.
[3] Operation of the Sub Tray
The sub tray is moved down while a
stack is delivered.
5-18
Operation [1]
Operation [2]
Operation [3]
Operation [4]
Operation [5]
Operation [6]
Operation [7]
Smallsize
paper
Largesize
paper
Z-fold
paper
Applicable
Not applicable
Applicable
Not applicable
Applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Not applicable
T05-101-05
2 Arrangement of Electrical Parts

2.1 Finisher Unit
2.1.1 Sensors
PI33
PI34
PI23
2/3-hole type
PI21
PI19
PI22
PI24
PI20
PI34
Two-hole type
Four-hole type
PI21
PI18
PI23
PI25
PI22
PI24
PI17
PI6
PI14
PI5
PI12
PI13
PI7
PI3
PI15
PI8
PI4
PI1
PI9
PI10
PI11
PI27
PI26
PI2
PI30
PI29
PI28
PI16
F05-201-01
5-19
Name
Photointerrupter
Notation
PI1
PI2
PI3
PI4
PI5
PI6
PI7
PI8
PI9
PI10
PI11
PI12
PI13
PI14
PI15
PI16
PI17
PI18
PI19
PI20
PI21
PI22
PI23
PI24
PI25
PI26
PI27
PI28
PI29
PI30
PI31
PI32
PI33
PI34
Function
Front door detection
Inlet path paper detection
Post-buffer path paper detection
Sort delivery detection
Upper cover open detection
Non-sort delivery detection
Front aligning plate home position detection
Rear aligning plate home position sensor
Swing motor clock detection
Tray auxiliary plate retraction detection
Stack feed motor clock detection
Shutter home position sensor
Paddle home position detection
Swing guide closed detection
Swing guide open detection
Stapler shift home position detection
Tray B paper detection
Tray B idle rotation detection
Tray A idle rotation detection
Tray A paper detection
Punch paper edge detection
Punch motor home position detection
Punch sensor home position detection
Punch home position detection
Punch front detection
Punch waste feed detection
Punch waste paper feed detection
Knurled belt shift enable detection 1
Knurled belt home position detection
Stack delivery detection
Punch 2/3-hole detection
Punch motor clock detection
T05-201-01
5-20
2.1.2 Microswitches
MSW3
MSW5
MSW7
MSW2
MSW4
MSW6
MSW1
MSW8
F05-201-02
5-21
Name
Microswitch
Notation
MSW1
MSW2
MSW3
MSW4
MSW5
MSW6
MSW7
MSW8
Function
Front door open detection 1
Swing guide open detection
Tray approach switch
Tray safety detection (front)
Tray safety detection (rear)
Stapler safety detection (front)
Stapler safety detection (rear)
Front door open detection 2
T05-201-02
5-22
2.1.3 Motors
M13
M12
M2
M17
M3
M18
M16
M19
M1
M5
M9
M4
M8
M6
M20
M7
M11
M10
F05-201-03
5-23
Name
Motor
Notation
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
M13
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
Function
Inlet motor
Buffer motor
Delivery motor
Front aligning plate motor
Rear aligning plate motor
Swing motor
Paddle motor
Stapler shift motor
Stapler motor (inside stapler)
Tray B lift motor
Tray A lift motor
Punch waste feed motor
Punch registration motor
Punch motor
Punch sensor shift motor
Knurled belt motor
T05-201-03
5-24
2.1.4 Solenoids
SL3
SL2
SL5
SL4
SL1
F05-201-04
5-25
Name
Solenoid
Notation
SL1
SL2
SL3
SL4
SL5
Function
Buffer path switching solenoid
Sub tray solenoid (w/ folder installed)
Delivery auxiliary rib solenoid
Rear edge drop solenoid
T05-201-04
5-26
2.1.5 PCBs
[5]
[17]
[4]
[18]
[2]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[6]
[12]
[11]
[7]
[15]
[14]
[8]
[1]
[19]
[13]
[16]
F05-201-05
5-27
Notation
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
Name
Buffer motor driver PCB
Delivery motor driver PCB
Tray B lifter motor driver PCB
Tray A lifter motor driver PCB
Inlet path paper detection (S1)
Buffer path paper detection (S2)
Lower path paper detection (S3)
Tray B sensor LED
Tray A sensor LED
Tray B sensor PCB (S4)
Tray A sensor PCB (S5)
Fuse PCB
Punch driver PCB
Punch waste sensor PCB
Switch PCB
Tray A area detection PCB
Tray B area detection PCB
Stapler driver PCB
T05-201-05
5-28
2.1.6 Fans
FM2
FM1
F05-201-06
Notation
FM1
FM2
Description
Power supply fan
Feeder cooling fan
T05-201-06
5-29
2.2 LEDs and Check Pins by

PCB
Of the LEDs and check pins used in the
machine, those needed in the field are discussed.
Do not touch VRs and check
pins not indicated herein. They
are for use at the factory, and
require special tools and accuracy.
2.2.1 Finisher Controller PCB
J120
J121
J119
J118
J117
J115
J116
J124
J110
LED107
ICS110
J126 LED103
J111
J122
J101
J127
LED
105
LED
102
J112
ICS107
J114
J102
LED109
J113
J106 LED108
J109
J130
LED104
J103
J108 J104
J105 J107
J128
F05-202-01
5-30
LED
LED102
LED103
LED104
LED105
LED106
LED107
LED108
LED109
LED110
LED111
Description
Goes ON in response to 5 V (J101-3).
Goes ON in response to 24 VR (J126-1). Goes OFF when the front cover switch
(MSW1) is opened.
Remains ON when the stack delivery motor (M7) rotates normally (in response to
clocks from the stack delivery motor clock sensor (PI12)).
Goes ON in response to 24 VU (J101-1). Goes OFF in response to a press on the
Power Save switch on the copier or to a shift to low-power mode.
Flashes while downloading takes place.
Remains ON while the inlet motor (M1) rotates normally (in response to clocks from
the inlet motor).
Goes ON in response to 36 VTRY (J112-1).
Goes ON in response to 36 V (J113A-8, 9, 10). Goes OFF if separated by the module
disconnecting switch. Goes OFF when the tray approach switch (MSW3) is pressed.
Goes ON when the stapler is not inside the range of knurled belt interference.
Remains ON when the stapler current limiter is under way or when the stapler signal
connector (J774, J772) is disconnected.
T05-202-01
5-31
2.2.2 Punch Drive PCB
J744 J746
J743
LED741
J741
VR741 LED742
J745
J749
J742
J748
VR742
J750
J747
F05-202-02
LED
LED741
LED742
Description
Goes ON in response to 24 V. Goes OFF when disconnected by the module disconnecting switch.
State of the Paper Edge Sensor (PI21; adjustment)
If good, flashes (standby).
If poor, OFF/ON (standby).
T05-202-02
5-32
2.2.3 Functions of the DIP Switch

The three DIP switches on the switch PCB have the following functions:
SW971: enable/disables the unit.
SW972: sets operating mode.
SW973: checks operation and makes adjustments.
F05-202-03
5-33
a. SW971
bit
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
OFF
Punch unit enabled

Tray A enabled
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Punch unit disabled

Tray A disabled
T05-202-03
b. SW972
Setting
Operating mode
Assumes that the punch unit is not used.
ON
Assumes that the 2-hole punch unit is used.
ON
Assumes that the 2/3-hole punch unit is used.
ON
Assumes that the 4-hole punch unit (Swedish) is used.
ON
Assumes that the 4-hole punch unit (French) is used.
ON
ON
ON
Corrects upward curl paper.

Note: Except bit 5, the setting depends on the presence/absence of the
punch unit or the specifications of the punch unit.
Corrects lower curl paper
Note: Except bit 6, the setting depends on the presence/absence of the
puncher unit or the specifications of the punch unit.
T05-202-04
5-34
c. SW973
Setting
ON
Buffer motor
operation
2
Delivery motor
operation
ON

operation
ON
ON
Solenoid, clutch
operation
2
Finisher stapling
operation
2
Stapler slide
operation
ON
A press on SW976 causes the auxiliary tray to move

outside the machine. Another press causes it to
move back inside the machine.
A press on SW976 causes the paddle to rotate for a
specific period of time. To rotate it thereafter, turn
off and then on the power and press SW976.
Each press on SW976 turns ON the following in
sequence: buffer path switch, upper path switch,
knurled belt, sub tray, saddle inlet, inserter pickup,
inserter stopper and inserter separation solenoids,
clutch. This is invalid if no option is installed.
Each press on SW976 causes stapling operation.
ON
Auxiliary tray
operation
Paddle operation
ON
A press on SW976 opens the swing guide. Another

press closes it.
ON
Swing operation
8
ON
Description
A press on SW976 rotates the motor. Another press
stops it.
ON
Item
Inlet motor operation
Each press on SW104 moves the stapler from home

position, to front binding position, to rear binding
position, and then to 2-position binding position.
T05-202-05
5-35
Setting
Item
ON
Stapling position adjustment

(front, 1-point)
2
Stapling position
(rear, 1-point)
2
Alignment width adjustment
ON
Stapling position
(front, 1-point)
ON
Stapling position
(front, 1-point)
2
Sensor initial adjustment
ON
Swing guide speed

adjustment
2
Swing guide speed

indication
2
ON
See the descriptions for their

respective items.
ON
LTR
ON
A4
ON
Description
See the descriptions for their
respective items.
ON
Size
Alignment width adjustment
A press on SW976 indicates the

swing guide speed.
T05-202-06
5-36
Setting
Name
ON
ON
1
ON
Each press no SW976 causes the punch paper edge

sensor to move from home position, or to home position.
Each press on SW976 causes the punch waste feed
motor to rotate. Another press stops it. This operation
requires that the punch waste case be set in position.
Each press on SW976 repeats opening and closing
the shutter.
Shutter separation
2
Inserter roller, belt

cleaning
ON
Punch sensor shift

motor rotation
Punch waste feed
motor rotation
ON
Each press on SW976 causes the punch unit to move

from the home position, or to home position.
ON
Punch registration
motor rotation
RAM initialization
ON
E505 setting
ON
A press on SW976 executes punching operation.
ON
See the descriptions for their respective items.
ON
Description
Buffer roller wrapping adjustment

(feeding operation)
Buffer roller wrapping adjustment
(adjustment input)
Punch motor
rotation
Each press on SW976 turns ON the inserter motor

and the separation clutch. Another press turns them
OFF.
When both SW976 and SW975 are held down for 3
sec or more, the RAM will be initialized.
When both SW976 and SW974 are held down for 3
sec or more, all counter items will be initialized.
In 10 sec after power-on, E505 is reset.
T05-202-07
5-37
Setting
Name
ON
Punch operation counter

2
Finisher unit stapling

operation counter
ON
*1:
*2:
When both SW974 and SW975 are held down

for 3 sec or more, the counter readings are initialized individually.
Punch waste counter*2
ON
100-sheet stapler
counter*1
8
ON
A press on SW976 indicates the counter readings

starting with the top digit (decimal).
ON
Operation
50-sheet stapler
counter*1
Cleared when the absence of a staple is detected.

Cleared when the punch waste case is detached and then attached.
T05-202-08
5-38
2.3 Upgrading
The machine can be upgraded as follows:
Function
Finisher unit
Upgrading
ROM replacement [1]
Remarks
Requires downloading from master to slave.
T05-203-01
[1]
F05-203-01
5-39
Upgrading the Finisher Unit

Upgrading the finisher unit consists of the following:
Replacing the ROM on the finisher controller PCB.
Downloading from master to slave.
To download from master to slave, perform the following:
2) Replace the ROM on the finisher controller PCB.
3) Open the front cover of the finisher; then, remove the screw [1], and detach the switch
cover [2].
[2]
[1]
F05-203-02
5-40
4) Shift only bit 8 of DIP switch (SW973) to ON.
F05-203-03
5) Turn on the copier.
The LED (DSP971) operates as follows to indicate that the machine has started download mode.
F05-203-04
5-41
6) Check the indication of the LED (DSP971), and shift bit 8 of the DIP switch (SW973)
to OFF; then, press the switch (SW976).
The LED (DSP971) flashes its segments in turns to indicate the downloading is taking place.
If downloading does not start for about 3 min, the copier's control panel indicates 'E506'.
F05-203-05
5-42
7) When downloading ends normally, the LED (DSP971) starts to flash all its segments at
the same time.
If an error occurs during downloading, the copier's control panel indicates 'E506'.
Download time: about 90 sec
F05-203-06
8) Check the indication of the LED (DSP971); thereafter, turn off and then on the copier's
power switch.
9) Upgrade the finisher using the copier's service mode.
5-43
3 Troubleshooting Malfunctions
3.1 Finisher Unit
3.1.1 E500 (communication with copier)
Finisher controller PCB, Cover DC controller PCB
1) Turn off and then on the copier's power switch. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
Fuse PCB
2) Are the communication line of the fuse PCB and the grounding
wire normal?
J716-7 and J717-1
J716-6 and J717-3
J716-4 and J717-4
J716-5 and J717-5
NO: Replace the fuse PCB.
Switching regulator
3) Is the voltage between J85-1 (+) and J85-2 (-) on the stitching regulator 5 V?
NO: Replace the switching regulator.
Wiring
4) Is the wiring between the finisher controller PCB and the switching
regulator normal?
5) Is the wiring between the copier DC controller PCB and the fuse
PCB normal?
NO: Correct the wiring.
Finisher controller PCB, Copier DC controller PCB
6) Replace the finisher controller PCB. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
NO: Replace the copier DC controller PCB.
5-44
3.1.2 E503 (communication with saddle stitcher unit)

Finisher controller PCB, Saddle stitcher controller PCB
1) Turn off and then on the copier's power stitch. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
Wiring
2) Is the wiring between the finisher controller PCB and the saddle
stitcher controller PCB normal?
Power supply, Saddle stitcher controller PCB
3) Is 24 VDC present between J1-1 (+) and -2 (-) of the saddle stitcher
controller PCB?
NO: Check the wiring between the fuse PCB and the finisher controller
PCB.
YES: Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB.
3.1.3 E505 (checksum fault)

1) Turn off and then on the copier's power switch. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
2) Turn off the power, and shift bits 1, 2, 3, and 4 of SW103 of the finisher controller PCB to ON. Turn on the power, and wait for about
10 sec. Turn off the power, and shift all bits of SW103 to OFF. Is the
problem corrected when the power is turned on once again?
YES: End.
NO: Replace the finisher controller PCB.
5-45
3.1.4 E506
Slave program download (error)
1) Try downloading in download move several times. Is the problem
corrected?
YES: End.
3.1.5 E510 (inlet motor M1 fault)

1) Does LED103 on the finisher controller PCB go ON when the
power is turned on?
NO: Go to step 2.
YES: Go to step 7.
Switching regulator
2) Is the voltage between J85-3, 4 (+) and J85-5, 6 (-) on the switching
regulator 24 V?
Wiring
3) Is the voltage between J711-7, 8 (+) and J711-5, 6 (-) on the fuse
PCB 36 V?
NO: Correct the wiring between J85 and J711.
Front cover switch (MSW1)
4) Disconnect J721 on the fuse PCB. Check the length between J721-1
and J721-3 on the harness side for electrical continuity. Does continuity exit when the front cover is closed but not when the cover is
opened?
NO: Check to see that the actuator on the front cover is pushing the
switch correctly. If yes, replace the switch or correct the wiring between the PCB and the switch.
Fuse PCB
5) Is the voltage at J714-5 (+) on the fuse PCB 24 V?
Wiring
6) Is the voltage at J101-1 (+) on the finisher controller PCB 24 V?
NO: Correct the wiring between J714 on the fuse PCB and J101 on the
5-46
Shorting connector
7) Is the shorting connector between J1090-6 and -8 of the folder joint
normal?
NO: Connect the shorting connector correctly (not when the folder is
installed).
Folder upper door switch (MSW10)
8) Is the folder upper door switch normal?
NO: Correct the switch.
9) Is the voltage between J124-12, 13 (+) and -10, 11 (-) on the finisher
controller PCB 24 V?
10) Is the voltage between J121-9 (+) and -8 (-) on the finisher controller PCB 5 V?
Wiring, Inlet motor (M1)
11) Is the wiring between J121 on the finisher controller PCB and J95
of the inlet motor normal?
YES: Replace the inlet motor.
5-47
3.1.6 E514 (stack delivery motor M7 fault)

1) Does the stack delivery motor rotate in keeping with delivery of
stacks?
YES: Go to step 2.
NO: Go to step 4.
Wiring
2) Is the wiring between the finisher controller PCB and the sensor
normal?
NO: Correct the wring.
Sensor power supply, Stack delivery motor clock sensor (PI10)
3) Measure the voltage between J105B-8 (+) and J105B-7 (-) on the
finisher controller PCB. Is it 5 VDC?
YES: Replace the sensor.
Power supply, Finisher controller PCB
4) Is the voltage at J101-1 (+) on the finisher controller PCB 24 V?
NO: Check the switching regulator and the fuse PCB.
YES: Replace the finisher controller PCB.
5-48
3.1.7 E530 (rear aligning plate motor M5)

1) Does the rear aligning plate operate in keeping with alignment operation?
NO: Go to step 2.
YES: Go to step 4.
Finisher controller PCB, Wiring
2) Is the voltage at J104A-6 (+) on the finisher controller PCB 24 V?
NO: Check the supply of 24 VU to the finisher controller PCB. If good,
replace the finisher controller PCB. If not good, correct the power
supply system.
Wiring
3) Check the wiring from J104A-6 to -10 of the finisher controller
PCB and to the rear alignment plate motor. Is it normal?
YES: Replace the rear alinging plate motor.
Rear aligning plate home position sensor (PI8), Finisher controller PCB
4) Is the voltage between J104B-6 (+) and J104B-7 (-) on the finisher
controller PCB 5 V?
5-49
3.1.8 E531 (stapler motor M11)

1) Does the stapler operate in keeping with stapling operation?
YES: Go to step 2.
NO: Go to step 3
Stapling home position sensor (PI19), Finisher controller PCB
2) Try moving the stapler by hand. Does the state of J127-3 (+) on the
finisher controller PCB change?
NO: Check the power to the sensor. If good, replace the stapler. If not,
replace the finisher controller PCB.
3) Is 24 VSTP supplied to J771-1 (+) on the finisher controller PCB?
YES: Replace the finisher controller.
Stapler safety stitcher (front; MSW8), Stapler safety switch (rear; MSW9),
Swing guide switch (MSW2)
4) Are the three microswitches in the power route to the stapler normal?
NO: Correct or replace the faulty sensor.
Wiring
5) Is 24 VSTP supplied by J719-1 (+) on the fuse PCB?
YES: Correct the wiring.
Switching regulator, Wiring
6) Is 24 VSTP supplied by J719-1 (+) of the switching regulator?
YES: Correct the wiring from the switching regulator to the fuse PCB; if
normal, replace the stapler.
5-50
3.1.9 E532 (stapler shift motor M10)

1) Does the stapler shift at the correct timing?
YES: Go to step 2.
NO: Go to step 3.
Stapler shift home position sensor (PI16), Finisher controller PCB
2) Try shifting the stapler by hand. Does the state of J110B-12 (+) of
the finisher controller PCB change?
NO: Check the power to the sensor; if good, replace the sensor. If not
good, replace the finisher controller PCB.
3) Is 24 VSTP supplied to J113-1 (+) of the finisher controller PCB?
Wiring
4) Is 24 VSTP supplied by J719-1 (+) of the fuse PCB?
Stapler safety switch (front; MSW6), Stapler safety switch (rear; MSW7),
Front door switch (MSW2)
5) Are the three microswitches in the power route to the stapler normal?
NO: Corer the wiring.
6) Is 2 VSTP present at J719 (+) of the switching regulator?
YES: Check the wiring from the switching regulator to the fuse PCB; if
normal, replace the motor.
5-51
3.1.10 E535 (swing motor M8 fault; detail code 62)

1) Does the swing guide operate at the correct timing?
YES: Go to step 2.
NO: Go to step 3.
Swing guide open sensor (PI15), Finisher controller PCB
2) Try operating the swing guide by hand. Does the state of J107B-6
(+) on the finisher controller PCB change?
NO: Check the power to the sensor. If good, replace the sensor. If not
3) Is 24 VU supplied to J101-1 (+) on the finisher controller PCB?
Wiring
4) Is 24 VU present at J714-5 (+) on the fuse PCB?
5) Is 24 VU present at J85-3 (+) on the switching regulator?
5-52
3.1.11 E535 (swing motor M8; detail code 01)

1) Does the swing guide operate at the correct timing?
YES: Go to step 2.
NO: Go to step 3.
Swing guide closed sensor (PI15), Finisher controller PCB
2) Try operating the swing guide by hand. Does the state of J107B-6
(+) on the finisher controller PCB change?
NO: Check the power to the sensor. If good, replace the sensor. If not
3) Is 24 VU supplied to J101-1 (+) on the finisher controller?
Wiring
4) Is 24 VU present at J714-5 (+) on the fuse PCB?
5) Is 24 VU present at J85-3 (+) of the switching regulator?
5-53
3.1.12 E537 (front aligning plate motor M4)

1) Does the front aligning plate operate in keeping with alignment operation?
NO: Go to step 2.
YES: Go to step 4.
Finisher controller PCB, Power supply
3) Is the voltage at J104A-1 (+) of the finisher controller PCB 24 V?
NO: Check the supply of 24 VU to the finisher controller PCB. If good,
replace the finisher controller PCB. If not, correct the power supply
system.
Wiring
3) Is the wiring from J104A-1 to -5 of the finisher controller PCB and
to the rear aligning plate motor normal?
YES: Replace the front aligning plate motor.
Front aligning plate home position sensor (PI7), Finisher controller PCB
4) Is the voltage between J104B-3 (+) and J104B-2 (-) on the finisher
controller PCB 5 V?
3.1.13 E540 (tray A lifter motor M13)

36 VDC
1) Is 36 VDC present at J113-8, -9, -10 of the finisher controller PCB?
NO: Check the supply route of 36 VDC; correct any fault, if found.
Check the tray safety switch (front, rear; MSW6, 7) and the tray
approach switch (MSW5).
Tray lifter mechanism
2) Is there a fault or an obstacle to the tray lifter mechanism?
YES: Remove the fault or the obstacle.
Tray A lifter motor (M13)
3) Does the tray lifter motor rotate at the correct timing?
NO: Replace the motor and the tray lifter motor drive PCB.
Tray A lock sensor (PI19)
4) Is the tray A lock sensor normal?
NO: Replace the sensor.
5-54
3.1.14 E542 (tray B lift motor M12; during operation)

36 VDC
1) Is 36 VDC present at J109A-8, -9, and -10 of the finisher controller
PCB?
NO: Check the power route of 36 VDC, and correct any fault. Check the
tray safety switch (front, rear: MSW6, 7).
Tray lifter mechanism
2) Is there a fault or an obstacle in the tray lifter mechanism?
YES: Remove the fault and the obstacle, if any.
Tray B lifter motor (M12)
3) Does the tray lifter motor rotate at the correct timing?
NO: Replace the motor and the tray B lifter motor driver PCB.
Tray B lock sensor (PI18)
4) Is the tray B lock sensor normal?
3.1.15 E551 (activation power supply fan FM1; detail code 01)
1) Is the level of J103-7 on the finisher controller PCB 0?
Fuse PCB
2) Is the voltage of J715-1 of the fuse PCB 24 VDC?
Power supply fan (FM1)
3) Does the power supply fan rotate?
NO: Replace the power supply fan.
4) Is the level of J103-6 of the finisher controller PCB 1?
NO: Replace the power supply fan.
3.1.16 E551 (activation feeder cooling fan FM2; detail code 02)
Feeder cooling fan (FM2)
1) Does the punch fan rotate (during punching operation)?
NO: Replace the punch fan.
2) Is the level of J118B-12 on the finisher controller PCB 1?
NO: Replace the punch fan.
5-55
3.1.17 E577 (paddle motor M9)

Paddle home position sensor (PI13)
1) Is the paddle home position sensor normal?
Paddle motor (M9), Finisher controller PCB
2) Does the paddle rotate at the correct timing?
NO: Replace the motor and the finisher controller PCB.
3.1.18 E583 (tray auxiliary plate motor M6)

Tray auxiliary plate home position sensor (PI10)
1) Is the tray auxiliary plate home position sensor normal?
Tray auxiliary plate motor (M6), Finisher controller PCB
2) Does the tray auxliary plate motor rotate at the correct timing?
NO: Replace the motor and the finisher controller PCB.
3.1.19 E584 (shutter)

Shutter drive mechanism
1) Is the drive mechanism from the paddle motor to the shutter normal?
NO:
Paddle motor (M9)
2) Does the paddle motor rotate?
NO: Replace the paddle motor.
Shutter home position sensor (PI12)
3) Is the shutter home position sensor normal?
5-56
3.1.20 E590 (punch rotation)

Punch motor home position sensor (PI22)
1) Is the punch motor home position sensor normal?
Wiring
2) Is the wiring between the punch motor home position sensor and
the finisher controller PCB normal?
Punch rotation motor (M18)
3) Try rotating the punch motor (using the DIP switch). Is it normal?
NO: Replace the punch motor.
Punch unit
4) Remove the punch unit, and try rotating it by hand. Does it rotate
smoothly?
NO: Replace the punch unit.
Punch driver PCB
5) Try replacing the punch drive PCB. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
3.1.21 E593 (punch registration)

Punch horizontal registration home position sensor (PI24)
1) Is the punch horizontal registration home position sensor normal?
Horizontal registration mechanism
2) Try sliding the punch unit by hand. Is there any physical resistance?
YES: Correct it to remove any physical resistance.
Punch horizontal registration motor (M17)
3) Is the punch horizontal registration motor normal?
NO: Replace the motor.
Finisher controller PCB, Punch driver PCB
4) Try replacing the punch driver PCB. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
5-57
3.1.22 E594 (punch paper edge sensor horizontal registration)

Punch paper edge sensor home position sensor (PI21)
1) Is the punch paper edge sensor home position sensor normal?
Wiring
2) Is the wiring between the punch paper edge sensor home position
sensor and the finisher controller PCB normal?
Punch sensor shift motor (M19)
3) Try rotating the punch sensor shift motor (using the DIP switch). Is
it normal?
NO: Replace the punch sensor shift motor.
Punch slide unit
4) Try moving the punch paper edge sensor home position sensor by
hand. Does it move smoothly?
NO: Correct the mechanical system so that it moves smoothly.
Punch drive PCB
5) Try replacing the punch drive PCB. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
3.1.23 E595 (punch waste feeder)

Punch waste feed sensor (PI27)
1) Is the punch water feed sensor normal?
Wiring
2) Is the wiring between the punch waste feed sensor and the finisher
controller PCB Normal?
Punch waste feed motor (M16)
3) Try rotating the punch waste feed motor (using DIP switch). Is it
normal?
NO: Replace the punch waste feed motor.
Punch driver PCB
4) Try replacing the punch driver PCB. Is the problem corrected?
YES: End.
5-58
4 Self Diagnosis
The CPU (IC101Z) on the finisher controller PCB is equipped with a self diagnostic
mechanism which runs a check as needed and communicates the presence of a fault, if
found, to the copier in the form of a code and a detail code.
The CPU (Q1) on the saddle stitcher unit is also equipped with a self diagnostic mechanism which runs a check as needed and communicates the presence of a fault, if found, to
the finisher controller PCB.
In response, the copier indicates the received code in its control panel. (The detail code
may be checked in its service mode or with reference to LED101 on the finisher controller
PCB.)
4.1 Self Diagnosis

4.1.1 Finisher Unit
E500
Main cause
Detection
Data communication (with copier)

The communication between the copier and the finisher is disrupted and, in
addition, it is not resumed after an attempt at transmission for 5 sec.
The communication is disrupted under the foregoing condition and resumed
three times within 5 sec.
E501
Main cause
Detection
Data communication (with slave CPU)

The communication between the master CPU (IC101) and the slave CPU
(IC121) is disrupted.
E503
Main cause
Detection
Data communication (with saddle stitcher unit)

The communication with the saddle stitcher unit is disrupted.
E505
Main cause
Detection
Backup RAM (EEPROM)

The checksum at power-on has a fault.
E506
Main cause
Detection
Download error
The following detail codes are used:
01
serial communication error
02
write error
03
user program transfer error
04
slave program transfer error
05
download time-out
5-59
E510
Main cause
Detection
Inlet motor (M1)

The clocks from the inlet motor is 50 mm/sec or less for 1 sec or more
while the motor is in operation.
E514
Main cause
Detection
Stack delivery motor (M7)

Stack motor clock sensor (PI12)
Front aligning plate motor (M4)
The clocks from the stack delivery motor clock sensor is 50 mm/sc or less
for 1 sec or more when the motor is in operation.
E537
Main cause
Detection
Front aligning plate motor (M4)

Front aligning plate home position sensor (PI7)
The front aligning plate does not leave the front aligning plate home position sensor when the front aligning plate motor is driven for 4 sec.
The front aligning plate does not return to front aligning plate home position sensor when the front aligning plate motor is driven for 4 sec.
E530
Main cause
Detection
Rear aligning plate motor (M5)

Rear aligning plate home position sensor (PI9)
The rear aligning plate does not leave rear aligning plate home position sensor when the rear aligning plate motor is driven for 4 sec.
The rear aligning plate does not return to rear aligning plate home position
sensor when the rear aligning plate motor is driven for 4 sec.
E531
Main cause
Detection
Stapler motor (M6)

Stapler home position detecting switch (inside stapler)
The stapler does not leave stapler home position when the stapler motor is
driven or 0. 5 sec.
The stapler does not return to stapler home position when the stapler motor
is driven for 0.5 sec.
E532
Main cause
Detection
5-60
Stapler shift motor (M10)

Stapler shift home position sensor (P16)
The stapler shift home position sensor does not go OFF when the stapler
shift motor is driven for 4 sec.
The stapler shift home position is not detected when the stapler shift motor
is driven for 4 sec.
E535-FF
Main cause
Detection
Swing motor (M8)

Swing guide open sensor (PI15)
The swing guide closed sensor does not detect the swing guide when the
swing motor is driven for 2 sec.
E535-01
Main cause
Detection
Swing motor (M8)

Swing guide open sensor (PI14)
The swing guide closed sensor does not detect the swing guide when the
swing motor is driven fro 2 sec.
E540
Main cause
Detection
Tray A lifter motor (M13)

Tray A lock sensor (PI19)
Tray A UP position sensor
Tray A DOWN position sensor
The up/down movement does not end within 25 sec after the tray lifter motor is driven.
The clocks from the tray idle rotation sensor is disrupted for 250 msec
while the motor is rotating.
The tray A is located below the tray B range.
E542
Main cause
Detection
Tray B lifter motor (M12)

Tray B lock sensor (PI18)
Tray B lower limit sensor
Tray B UP position sensor
Tray DOWN position sensor
The up/down movement does not end within 25 sec after the tray lifter motor is driven.
The clocks from the tray idle rotation sensor is disrupted for 250 msec
while the sensor is rotating.
The input from the tray B UP position sensor is '0' at power-on (i.e., the tray
B is above the tray paper sensor PCB).
5-61
E551-01
Main cause
Detection
Power supply fan (FM1)

The power supply fan is at rest for 2 sec or more.
E551-02
Main cause
Detection
Feeder cooling fan (FM2)

The feeder cooling fan is at reset for 2 sec or more.
E577
Main cause
Detection
Paddle motor (M9)

Paddle home position sensor (PI13)
The paddle home position sensor does not detect the paddle within 5 sec
after the motor is started.
E583
Main cause
Detection
Tray auxiliary plate motor (M6)

Tray auxiliary plate housing sensor (PI10)
The tray auxiliary plate housing sensor does not go ON within 2 sec after
the motor is started when the tray auxiliary plate is retracted.
E584
Main cause
Detection
Paddle motor (M9)

Shutter home position sensor (PI12)
The shutter home position sensor does not go ON within 5 sc after the
paddle motor is driven (while returning to home position).
E590
Main cause
Detection
5-62
Punch rotation motor (M18)

Punch motor home position sensor (PI22)
The punch motor home position sensor does not detect punch motor home
position when the punch motor is driven for 0.3 (at time of initialization) or
0.2 (at time of punching).
The punch motor home position sensor detects the punch motor home position, or the sensor does not go OFF when the punch motor is driven for 0.3
sec (at time of initialization) or 0.2 sec (at time of punching).
E593
Main cause
Detection
Punch registration motor (M17)

Punch home position sensor (PI24)
The punch home position sensor detects home position when pulses equivalent of the shift of the punch registration motor over a specific distance
(about 42 mm) are generated.
The punch home position sensor detects home position, or when the sensor
does not go OFF when the punch registration motor is driven for pulses
equivalent of the shift over a specific distance (about 42 mm).
E594
Main cause
Detection
Punch sensor home position sensor (PI23)

Punch sensor shift motor (M19)
The punch paper edge sensor home position sensor does not detect home
position when the punch sensor shift motor is driven for 5 sec.
While the punch home position sensor detects home position, the sensor
does not go OFF when the punch sensor shift motor is driven for 5 sec.
E595
Main cause
Detection
Punch waste feed motor (M16)

Punch waste feed sensor (PI27)
The output of the punch waste feed sensor does not change when the punch
waste feed motor is rotated for $ sec or more.
5-63
4.2 Alarm
4.2.1 Finisher Unit
Error
Stapler absent
Stapler absent
Tray A stack
excess
Tray B stack
excess
5-64
Condition
Detection
Machine
operation
Resetting
The stapler is not At all times

fitted.
The operation of Fit the stapler.

the stapler motor
(M6) and the
stapler shift motor (M4) is prohibited.
The stapler car- At all times.
Normal opera Replace the
tion is possible;
tridge has run
staple cartridge
out of staples.
however, operaor fit it correctly.
tion depends on
instructions from
the copier.
The number of
At all times.
Normal opera The absence of
tion may be consheets in the tray
paper in the tray
is in excess of a
tinued.
is detected while
specific value.
at rest.
Normal monitor- Normal opera The number of
The absence of
sheets in the tray
ing.
tion may be conpaper in the tray
tinued.
is in excess of a
is detected.
specific value.
APPENDIX
1 GENERAL TIMING CHART

1.1 Finisher Unit
A4, 3copies, 1-point, Front Stapling
Operation
1
Inlet moter (M1)
Inlet path paper

2 sensor (PI2)
3
3rd set
2nd set
Buffer motor (M2)
Lower path paper

sensor (S3)
Rear edge drop

solenoid (SL5)
1st set
2nd set
1st set
3rd set
Delivery motor (M3)

7 (PI4)
2nd set
1st set
3rd set
Buffer path switching

8
solenoid (SL1)
9 Buffer path paper
sensor (S2)
10

(M7)
11
Stack delivery
sensor (PI32)
12
Tray B paper sensor

(PI17)
13
Rear aligning plate

motor (M5)
14
Rear aligning plate home

15
Front aligning plate

motor (M4)
2nd set
3rd set
16 Front aligning plate home

17
Swing motor (M8)
18
Swing guide closed

sensor (PI14)
19
Swing guide open

sensor (PI15)
20
Paddle motor (M9)
21 Paddle home position

sensor (PI13)
22
Stapler shift moter

(M10)
23
Stapler shift home

24 Stapler moter (M11)

25
Stapler HP sensor
26
Delivery auxiliary
rib solenoid (SL4)
27

moter (M6)
28 Tray auxiliary plate

detraction sensor (PI11)
: Motor CW
: Motor CCW
A-1
APPENDIX
2 LIST OF SIGNALS/ABBREVIASTIONS
The following is a list of signals and abbreviations used in this document and the circuit
diagrams:
Memo
The abbreviations in parentheses are electrical signals but are analog, which
cannot be expressed in terms of '1' and '0'. Others are digital signals, which
can be expressed as being either '1' or '0'.
2.1.1 Finisher
BFDMTRCLK
[BFLEDAJ]
BFPCB
BFPSSCHG
BFPSSXIT
BNDLDELV
CD
CRTSET
DLVAUXSL
DSTD
[ENTLEDAJ]
ENTPASSPA
ENTPCB
FANON
FANSTP
FDBLT
FDROPN
FEEDFAN
FJOGHP
FULLED
HOOKEMP
KRLBLHP
KRLBLEB1
KRLBLEB2
KRLBLEB3
[LWRPLEDADJ]
LWRPPCB
MDLED
NSTDLV
PCH2/3HL
PDLHP
PFANON
BUFFER MOTOR CLOCK DETECTION Signal

BUFFER PASS LED ADJUST Command
BUFFER PAPER PCB PAPER DETECTION Signal
BUFFER PASS CHANGE SOLENOID DRIVE Command
BUFFER PASS EXIT PAPER DETECTION Signal
BUNDLE DELIVERY PAPER DETECTION Signal
CARTRIDGE SIZE DETECTION Signal
STAPLE CARTRIDGE SET Signal
DELIVERY AUXILIARY RIB SOLENOID DRIVE Command
DUST DETECTION Signal
ENTRANCE PASS LED ADJUST Command
ENTRANCE PASS PAPER DETECTION Signal
ENTRANCE PASS PCB PAPER DETECTION Signal
FAN ON Command
FAN STOP Signal
FEED BELT SOLENOID DRIVE Command
FRONT COVER OPEN Signal
FEED FAN ON Command
FRONT JOG PLATE HOME POSITION DETECTION Signal
FULL DETECTIION LED DRIVE Command
HOOK EMPTY Signal
KNURLED BELT HP Signal
KNURLED BELT SHIFT ENABLE Signal 1
LOWER PASS LED ADJUST Command
LOWER PASS PCB PAPER DETECTION Signal
PRE-NOTICE LED DRIVE Command
NON-SORT DELIVERY PAPER DETECTION Signal
PUNCH UNIT 2/3 HOLE DETECTION Signal
PADDLE HOME POSITION Signal
PUNCH FAN DRIVE Command
A-3
APPENDIX
PFANSTP
PHCMPL
PHCONTST
PHFEEDMT
PHHP
PHPADG
PHROTHP
PHSNRHP
PNHMREF
PNHREGREF
PNHSCRMD
PNSNRHOLD
READY
SBTRYPH
SBTRYPL
SLFPRIM
SMPPAPRMV
SMPTRYDL
SMPTRYLEDAJ
SMPTRYLWPO
SMPTRYPA
SMPTRYPAP
SMPTRYUPPO
SOPAPRMV
SOTRYLEDAJ
SOTRYPAP
SPTTRYIN
STCLS
STDLV
STPDRHP
STPLHP
STTRYDL
STTRYLW
STTRYLWPO
STTRYPA
STTRYUPPO
SWDGDCL
SWGMTRCLK
SWGOPN
UPCVROPN
UPSCHG
A-4
PUNCH FAN STOP DETECTION Signal

PUNCH COMPLETE DETECTION Signal
PUNCH CONTAINER SET DETECTION Signal
PUNCH DUST FEED DETECTION Signal
PUNCH UNIT HOME POSITION DETECTION Signal
PUNCH PAPER EDGE DETECTION Signal
PUNCH ROTATION HOME POSITION DETECTION Signal
PUNCH EDGE SENSOR HOME POSITION DETECTION Signal
PUNCH ROTATION MOTOR REFERENCE Signal
PUNCH REGIST REGISTRATION MOTOR REFERENCE Signal
PUNCH DUST FEED MOTOR DRIVE Command
PUNCH SENSOR SLIDE MOTOER HOLD Command
STAPLER READY Signal
SUB-TRAY SOLENOID PUSH DRIVE Command
SUB-TRAY SOLENOID RELEASE DRIVE Command
SELF PRIMING Signal
NON-SORT TRAY PAPER REMOVAL DETECTION Signal
SAMPLE TRAY LOCK DETECTION Signal
NON-SORT TRAY PAPER SENSOR LED ADJUST Command
SAMPLE TRAY LOWER POSITION DETECTION Signal
SAMPLE TRAY PAPER DETECTION Signal
NON-SORT TRAY PAPER SENSOR PAPER DETECTI0N Signal
SAMPLE TRAY UP POSITION DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY PAPER REMOVAL DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY PAPER SENSOR LED ADJUST Command
SORT TRAY PAPER SENSOR PAPER DETECTI0N Signal
SUPPORT TRAY IN DETECTION Signal
SHUTTER CLOSED DETECTION Signal
SORT DELIVERY PAPER DETECTION Signal
STAPLER DRIVE HOME POSITION Signal
STAPLER UNIT HOME POSITION Signal
SORT TRAY LOCK DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY LOWER LIMIT DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY LOWER POSITION DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY PAPER DETECTION Signal
SORT TRAY UP POSITION DETECTION Signal
SWING GUIDE CLOSED Signal
SWING MOTOR CLOCK DETECTION Signal
SWING GUIDE OPEN Signal
UPPER COVER OPEN DETECTION Signal
UPPER PASS CHANGE SOLENOID DRIVE Command
A14
2 1
J124
B14
1 2 3 4 5
J110B
1 2 3
XR13P
PI27
J120A_[0,13]
J120B_[0,13]
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J128F
J120A
J121
A13
B13
J120
J110WH
J110
XR13P
J119A_[0,8]
J120WH
J120B
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2 3
1 2 3
B9
A9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J747B_[0,9]
J116A_[0,15]
1 2 3
ENTPASSPA
GND
Vcc
J747A_[0,9]
J116B_[0,15]
Tray safty switch
(front)
MSW5
2
3
1
NM2P
J56L J56D
2
3
1
Tray safty switch

(rear)
MSW5
TO FUSE BOX PCB
Punch waste feed motor
Vcc
GND
PCHMHP
J1009
Vcc
GND
PCH_2*/3HL
J1008
1 2 3
check-XX7
check-XX8
PCH_KILL
ATRY_KILL
INS_KILL
ZFOLD_KILL
SDL_KILL
GND
check-XX5
check-XX6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7XXX-XXX
check-XX1
check-XX2
check-XX3
check-XX4
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
7XXX-X
XXXXXt3
XXXXXt2
XXXXXt1
XXXXXt0
XXX_XXXX_on
[-]
[+]
[enter]
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FANON
FANSTP
SGND
TXD
SGND
RXD
SGND
+24R
FDROPN
GND
Vcc
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PGND
+24V
+5V
PGND
+24V
PGND
+5V
SGND
2 1
+36V
J749
PI22
Punch motor home
position sensor
PI33
Punch 2/3 hole
sensor
Vcc
GND
PHFEEDMT
Finisher K2 only
J1004
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PGND
M16
+24V
1
PNHSCRMD 2
PI25
Punch front sensor
3 2 1
J1002
Vcc
GND
PCHFRT
J1013
3 2 1
PI26
3 2 1
J110A
J124B
B16
J70
J1001
J747WH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J747A
PI21
Punch Paper
edge sensor
J119B_[0,8]
J119A
J119B
A8
CZW26P
B8
J119
A15
B15
J116WH
CZ15P
J116B
A16
1 2 3
1 2 3
Punch waste container set sensor

Vcc
GND
PCH_DUST_SET
J116A
CZ15P
J103
J100 1 2 3
1 2 3
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J101
J124B_[0.16]
J124A
+5V
EJCMB*
EJCMA*
EJCMB
EJCMA
EJCMHLD
J124A_[0.16]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PI2
PI23
Punch sensor
home position
sensor
J1010
PHPADG
GND
Vcc
Punch waste
feed sensor
INPASS_MGAIN_ON
INPASSMFG*
INPASSMLOCK*
INPASSMCLK
INPASSMBRK
INPASSMCW*
INPASSMON*
J112
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
Inlet path sensor
J748
J1012
PCHSNSHP
GND
Vcc
J745
1 2 3 4
SGND
+5V
PGND
PGND
+24V
+24V
1 2
J1129
J58D
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
GND
J1128D
J58L
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
1 2
1 2
TO
INSERTER
1 2 3 4
XR4P
J99
J97
J96 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J971B_[0.16]
XR4P
J98
Delivery motor driver PCB
Buffer motor driver PCB
Front cover
open sensor
PI1
+5V
SMPTRYPAP
SMPPAPRWV
GND
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
+24R
CZ16P
Tray A paper
sensor PCB
+5V
ENTPCB
ENTLEDAJ
GND
NC
SGND
SGND
TXD
RXD
PGND
+24V
GND
LOCK
+24V
PGND
+24V,REMOTE
FG4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SGND
+5V
J127
CZ16P
J971A_[0.16]
J1123D
TO JOG TRAY(A503)
TO
PUNCH
DRIVER
PCB
Staple safty switch

MSW6
(front)
J110B_[0,14]
J95
J743 2 1
NM2P
J1123L
J54D J54L
2
3
J55L 1 2
2
3
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
READY
+5V
TO FUSE
BOX PCB
J719 1 2
Staple safty switch
(rear)
MSW7
J55D 1 2
J78
J77
KRLBLEB3
GND
Vcc
GND
Vcc
GND
Vcc
KRLBLEB2
CT3P
J79
KRLBLEB1
GND
Vcc
STPLHP
J73
+5R
GND
DOOR2 OPEN
FG3
J110A_[0,14]
1 2
Inlet motor
Inlet path paper

sensor PCB
FULLED
MDLED
2
1
PI24
Punch home
position sensor
3 2 1
B16
PCB15
Punch waste
sensor PCB
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
J1007DH
J1007L
PCHHP
GND
Vcc
1 2 3
A16
J971B
BUFFMHOLD
BUFFMA
BUFFMB
BUFFMA*
BUFFMB*
+5V
PGND
+36V
J971A
5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2
J716
J1007D
PI34
Punch motor
FG sensor
J1003
J1006DH
J1006D
Punch driver PCB
J747B
+5V
GND
DSTD
Vcc
PCHMRCLK
GND
1 2 3
M1
J971
J714
J712
6 5 4 3 2 1
Fuse PCB
1 2
+24V
GND
TO JOG TRAY(A503)
J750
J1005H
1 2 3
2 1
1 2 J59
J721
MSW1
J741A
M19
Punch sensor
shift motor
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J717
2 1
1 2
J941
XR5P
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A*
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B*
J1005
CT6P
PCH_DUST_SENSOR_PCB
+24V
+24V
EXP_M_Aout
EXP_M_A*out
EXP_M_Bout
J60
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5 4 3 2 1
Switch PCB
EXP_M_B*out
J715
+24V
+24V
CZ4PJ718
Buffer motor
M2
Delivery motor
M2
BUFF_M_Aout
BUFF_M_A*out
BUFF_M_Bout
BUFF_M_B*out
J711
Swing
motor
M8
PCB16
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
2
3
4 3 2 1
Stack deliverly
motor
M7
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B*
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A*
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A
PCH_SEN_HOLD
PNHREGREF
PCH_SFTM_CLK
PCH_SFTM_CW*
PCH_M_PWM*
PCH_M_CW*
PCH_U_ON
PCH_KILL
PCH_POWER_ON
GND
+5V
J745
3 2 1
GND
LS(STP_HOOK)
HOME*
GND
CD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J76D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
J741B
CT7P
1 2 3
CT12P
J76L 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NC
NC
+24V
+24V
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A
Punch shift motor
3 2 1
STP-SLDM-A*
STP-SLDM-A
STP-SLDM-B
STP-SLDM-B*
STP-SLDM-REF
YDG-SW-ON
STP-M-LIMIT
STP-M-CW-P
STP-M-CCW-N
STP-M-CW-N
STP-M-CCW-P
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2
J741B_[0,15]
J57
2
3
Stapler shift motor
2 1
A15
PGND
PGND
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND
+24V
+24V
STPMVMA
STPMVMA*
STPMVMB
STPMVMB*
J775
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J71
1 2
Stapler motor
J74
MAKER
M11
GND
LS(STP_HOOK)
HOME*
GND
CD
READY
+5V
J774
J772
3 2 1
4 3 2 1
PGND
PGND
+36V
+36V
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 1
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
1 2
Front door switch

J1124
COM
2
1
3
NORMAL OPEN
1 2 3
1 2 3
Punch motor
J773
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NM10P
J85
DC power supply PCB
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 1
Stapler driver PCB
J84
FM1
Power supply fan
Knurled belt
shift enable
sensor 3
PI30
M18
M17
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 2 1
Knurled belt
shift enable
sensor 2
PI29
J744
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B*
PCH_SEN_SFTM_B
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A*
PCH_SEN_SFTM_A
+24V
+24V
TBC6921-11-1141
FG1
Knurled belt
shift enable
sensor 1
PI28
PCH_BOX_AJ1
PCH_BOX_AJ2
PCH_FG
PCH_PEG_SEN
PCH_M_HP_SEN
PCH_FRONT*
PCH_SLD_HP_SEN
PSEN_SLD_HP_SEN
PCH_2*/3HOLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 2 3 4 5 6
J1121C
FG2
FT1
Stapler shift
home position
sensor
PI16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
Circuit breaker
1 2
J771
PNHSCRMD
SCAM_ERR_SEN
DUST_BOX_SET
PCH_DUST_SEN
B15
FT2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
100V
J1127D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
CB1
J1121A
1 2 3
1 2 3
1
2
P1
1 2 3
P2
1
2
3
1 2
J1122D J1122L
200V
1 2 3 4 5 6
J776
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J746F
2 1
2 1
J743
1 2 3 4 5 6
J1007F
+24V 1
GND 2
FROM FUSE BOX PCB
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
MSW8
2 1
J741A_[0,15]
M10
Front door switch
3 FINISHER GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
DC controller PCB
1 2 3
1 2 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Sub tray solenoid
(for folder unit)
Tray B lift motor driver PCB
PI20
Tray A paper sensor
3 2 1
J87 3 2 1
PI19
Tray A lock sensor
MSW3
Tray proximity switch
GND
LWRRLEDAJ
LWRPPCB
+5V
J32
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
J33

PI4
STDLV
GND
Vcc
Knurled belt home

position sensor
PI31
KRLBLHP
GND
Vcc
J30L
J30DH
J30D
J31L
J31D
1 2 3
1 2 3
J29
3 2 1
PCB17
NSTDLV
GND
Vcc
3 2 1
3 2 1
J86
1 2 3
Vcc
GND
SMPTRYDL
SMPTRYPA
Vcc
GND
GND
ATRYPS1
ATRYPS2
ATRYPS3
+5V
ATRY_SFTM_A*
ATRY_SFTM_A
+36V
+36V
Tray A lift motor driver PCB
3 2 1
3 2 1
XR4P
J28L
J28LH
J28D
XR4P
Tray A lift motor

M13
Tray A area PCB
J83
4 3 2 1
PI18
Tray B lock sensor
ATRY_SFTM_B*
ATRY_SFTM_B
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
PI17
Tray B paper sensor
+36V
+36V
SL3
5 4 3 2 1
J82
3 2 1
3 2 1
SL
Tray B area PCB
STTRYMHLD
STTRYMA
STTRYMB
STTRYMA*
STTRYMB*
+5V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J89 XR13P
1 2 3 4
2 1
FG6
J94
J94H
1 2 3
3 2 1
3 2 1
GND
GND
GND
+36V
+36V
+36V
+24V
STTRYPL*
STTRYPH*
J93
3 2 1
3 2 1
Vcc
GND
STTRYDL
Vcc
GND
STTRYPA
GND
BTRYPS1
BTRYPS2
BTRYPS3
+5V
J90
3 2 1
4 3 2 1
M9
Paddle motor
Tray B lift motor

M12
XR13P
3 2 1 J92
1 2 3 4 5 6
PI13
Paddle home
position sensor
PI14
Swing guide
closed sensor
STTRYHLD
STTRYMA
STTRYMB
STTRYMA*
STTRYMB*
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+36V
+36V
+36V
J89
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J65
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 2 1
1 2 3 4
9
10
11
12
13
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
12
13
14
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
5
6
7
8
Vcc
GND
PDLHP
GND
Vcc
SWOPN
GND
Vcc
GND
SCTLS
Vcc
GND
SPTTRYIN
Vcc
GND
BFDMTRCLK
GND
SWMTRCLK
Vcc
GND
STKPAPRMV
STKTRYPAP
+24V
SPTTRYMA
SPTTRYMB
SPTTRYMA*
SPTTRYMB*
+24V
Vcc
GND
BNDLDELV
+24V
DLVAUXSL
Vcc
GND
BJOGHP
STKTRYLEDAJ
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
5 4 3 2 1
1 2
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
8
7
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Vcc
GND
FJOGHP
FJOGMA
FJOGMB
FJOGMA*
FJOGMB*
24V
BJOGMB*
24V
BJOGMA
BJOGMB
BJOGMA*
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7
8
9
PI12
Shutter
home
position
sensor
1 2 3
1 2 3
+24V
PDLMB*
PDLMA*
PDLMB
PDLMA
+24V
TRLEDGSL
+24V
FEEDFAJ
GND
8
7
6
2 1
GND
SMPTRYLEDAJ
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 2
+24V
UPSCHG*
7
8
9
10
11
7
8
9
10
11
7
8
9
PI10
retraction sensor
J67
Lower path
paper sensor
PCB
PCB11
PI11
Swing motor
clock sensor
J68 1 2 3
1 2
J69
1 2 3
XR2P
PCB
BTRY_LED
PI15
PCB9
Swing guide
Tray B
open sensor
sensor PCB
Non-sort delivery
sensor
PI6
M
M6
PI9
Stack feeder motor
clock sensor
J52 3 2 1 J62 3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
J27
Front jogging
Rear jogging Delivery auxiliary
plate home
plate home
rib sorenoid
position sensor position sensor
PI32
Stack
delivery sensor
J51 3 2 1
3 2 1
XR3P
J26L
J26LH
J26D
XR3P
SL4
3 2 1
3 2 1
J118B_[0,14]
PI8
Tray B sensor
PCB
J48
M4
Front jogging
plate motor
PI7
1 2 3 4
BTRY_PTR
Upper cover open

sensor
PI5
J47
Vcc
GND
UPCVROPN
Buffer path rear

sensor
PI3
J34 3 2 1 J46 1 2 3 4 5
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
GND
BFPSSXIT
13
14
M5
Rear jogging
plate motor
FG6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J25
J44 2 1
J44H
J37
1 2 3 4 5
M20
Knurled belt motor
SL
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
+5V
BFLEDAJ
BFPCB
GND
Vcc
J24
J43 3 2 1
3 2 1
J109B_[0,14]
J113B_[0,13]
XR7P
J42 3 2 1
3 2 1
BFPSSCHG*
J113A_[0,13]
J23L
J64L
+24V
TUBE
J23LH
J23D
XR7P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1 2 3 4 5
J63LA_[0,8]
J64D
Swing guide
open detection switch
J50D
J50L
XR4P J50DH CT4P
1 2 3 4 5
J63LB_[0,8]
1 2 3 4 5
J39LB_[0,11]
J41 1 2 3 4 5
5
4
3
2
1
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
J61L
J118A
J22
J61D
1 2 3 4
A14
Buffer path
paper sensor
PCB
4 3 2 1
J39LB
J39LA_[0,11]
J40 1 2 3 4 5
J63LA
B14
J118A_[0,14]
B11
J39DB
A8
J118B
4 3 2 1
RLTMA
A11
B11
B8
RLTMB*
J39LA
A11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J39DA
J63LB
TUBE
J109A_[0,14]
J38DB_[0,11]
v-161-2A5
MSW2
YDG_SW
SOLD9
J63DA
J45LB_[0,9]
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
J38DA_[0,11]
J45LA_[0,9]
SOLD10
A8
RLTMB
RLTMA*
J38LB_[0,11]
7
8
9
10
11
2 1
2 1
SL J36
SL5
FM2
T1029020
Feed
Trailing edge
cooling fan
solenoid
B8
J35D
J35DH
J35L
J45LB
B9
MM4P
J114
B13
Buffer path
switching sorenoid
SL1
SL
A9
J63DB
5 4 3 2 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J45LA
J45DWH
J45DB
1 2 3 4 5
J107DA_[0,8]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J53DH
J53D
A13
J113WH
J21D
J45DA
J107DB_[0,8]
B9
B14
J107A_[0,8]
J45DB_[0,9]
A9
J109B
A14
COM
J45DA_[0,9]
J49DH
J49D
J53L 1 2
1
2
3
Tray A paper
sensor LED PCB
3 2 1
3 21
2 1
J38LB
J108
5 4 3 2 1
J107A
13
14
B11
A8
J118
J118WH
J113B
1
2
3
A11
4
5
6
J72
2 1
J49L 1 2
J38DB
B8
J107B_[0,8]
J105B_[0,9]
4
5
6
7
8
9
B11
J38LA
7
8
9
10
11
SL2
Upper path
switching
solenoid
2 1
J19
XR2P
1
2
3
A11
J38DA
J38LA_[0,11]
2 1
2 1
SL
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J38DB_[0,11]
J91L
J105A_[0,9]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J38DA_[0,11]
J91D
J107B
CZW30P
J113
FG5
NORMAL OPEN
NORMAL CLOSE
J104B_[0,11]
J109A
FG5
J106
B9
1 2 3 4
GND
YDG-SW-ON
J104A_[0,11]
J20
A9
1 2
J113A
1
2
3
4
5
J111
J104B
5
4
3
2
1
B11
SWDGDCL
GND
Vcc
A11
J105B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J104A
J117
J109
J105
J105A
13
14
J104
A-5
4 FINISHER CONTROLLER PCB

Finisher Controller PCB (1/20)
A-7
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
A-16
A-17
A-18
A-19
A-20
A-21
A-22
A-23
A-24
A-25
A-26
A-27
5 PUNCH DRIVER PCB

Punch Driver PCB (1/3)
A-29
A-30
A-31
6 STAPLER DRIVER PCB
A-32
7 FUSE PCB
A-33
8 SWITCH PCB
A-34
APPENDIX
9 AREA SENSOR PCB
A-35
APPENDIX
10 SOLVENTS AND OILS LIST

No.
Name
Alcohol
Lubricant
A-36
Uses
Composition
Cleaning;
e.g., glass,
plastic, rubber
(external covers).
Driving parts,
friction parts
Fluorine-family
hydrogen carbon,
alcohol, surface
activating agent
Silicone oil
Remarks
Do not bring near fire.
Procure locally.
IPA (isopropyl alcohol)
CK-0551 (20g)
APPENDIX
11 SPECIAL TOOLS
You will need the following special tools when servicing the machine in addition to the
standard tools set.
No.
Tool name
Tool No.
View
Rank
Remarks
Door Swich
Actuator
TKN-0093
Tester
Extension pin
FY9-3038-000
For making electrical

checks; i.e., serving as
an attachment to a
meter.
Tester
Extention pin
(L-shaped tip)
FY9-3039-000
For making electrical

checks; i.e., serving as
an attachment to a
meter.
Rank:
A: Each service person is expected to carry one.
B: Each group of or so sevice persons is expected to carry one.
C: Each workshop is expected to keep one.
A-37
Prepared by
Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center
CANON INC.
Printed in U.S.A.
REVISION 0 (MAR. 2001) (30359)
5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan
This publication is
printed on 100%
recycled paper.
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
0000DI0.00-0
PARTS
CATALOG
REVISION 0
Finisher -K1
K1
100V 50/60Hz F25 - 8801 MHD00001 230V 50Hz F25 - 8811 PSL00001 -
Finisher -K2
K2
100V 50/60Hz F25 - 8901 MHE00001 208V 50Hz F25 - 8911 PSM00001 -
MAR. 2001
FY8-31F8-000
COPYRIGHT C 2001 CANON INC.
CANON Finisher-K1/K2 REV.0 MAR. 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
I-1
PREFACE
This Parts Catalog contains listings of parts used in the Canon Finisher-K1/K2.
Diagrams are provided with the listings to aid the service technician in identifying
clearly, the item to be orderd.
Whenever ordering parts, consult this Parts Catalog for all of the information pertaining to each item. Be sure to include, in the Parts Request, the full item
description, the item part number, and the quantity.
Canon Inc.
Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center
5-1, Hakusan 7-chome,
Toride-city, Ibaraki 302-8501, Japan

Printed in U.S.A.
Imprim au U.S.A.
Use of this manual should be

strictly supervised to avoid disclosure
of
confidential
infor-
mation.
I-2
CONTENTS
QA.
ASSEMBLY LOCATION DIAGRAM
01.
Q01.
ATTACHMENT PARTS
10.
Q10.
EXTERNAL COVERS, PANELS, ETC.
11.
Q11.
INTERNAL COMPONENTS 1
12.
Q12.
15.
Q15.
POWER CORD TERMINAL ASSEMBLY
16.
Q16.
MAIN BODY CABLE ASSEMBLY
17.
Q17.
HOPPER ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)
18.
Q18.
STACKER TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
19.
Q19.
SAMPLE TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
20.
Q20.
OPERATION ASSEMBLY
21.
Q21.
TRAY ASSEMBLY
22.
Q22.
TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
23.
Q23.
TRAY AUXILIARY PLATE ASSEMBLY
24.
Q24.
SWING GUIDE ASSEMBLY
30.
Q30.
FEEDER ASSEMBLY
31.
Q31.
SORT GUIDE ASSEMBLY
32.
Q32.
PAPER FEED LOWER GUIDE ASSEMBLY
33.
Q33.
SORT LEFT LOWER GUIDE ASSEMBLY
34.
Q34.
KNURLED BELT DRIVE ASSEMBLY
35.
Q35.
RELAY GUIDE ASSEMBLY (K1 TYPE)
36.
Q36.
DELIVERY MOTOR ASSEMBLY
37.
Q37.
UPPER FEEDER ASSEMBLY
40.
Q40.
STAPLER MOUNT ASSEMBLY
41.
Q41.
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
45.
Q45.
PUNCH ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)
46.
Q46.
PUNCH WASTE FEED MOTOR ASSEMBLY

(K2 TYPE)
90.
92.
Q90.
FINISHER CONTROLLER PCB ASSEMBLY
93.
Q92.
AC FUSE BOX PCB ASSEMBLY
94.
Q93.
PUNCH DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)
Q94.
STAPLER DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY
QB.
LIST OF CONNECTORS
C.
LIST OF STANDARD FASTENERS
D.
NUMERICAL INDEX
I-3

Assembly Location Diagrams. These diagrams
show the locations of major assemblies of the copier.
for ordering.
Note :
The last three digits (suffix) of the Parts
Their names are identified in rectangular boxes. Below
Number are called the Revision Number.
each box is the number of the Figure which shows an
The Revision Number is changed if the part
exploded view of the assembly.
is modified. Information regarding such

changes will be provided by Service Information Bulletins. These Bulletins should be
Finding a Parts Number. Refer to the
read carefully.
Assembly Location Diagrams and find the Figure

Number of the assembly of interest. Turn to the
page(s), locate the part on the exploded view, and find
(3) Rank N. Parts marked "N" are service parts,
its Key Number. Refer to the Parts List on the page
but are not stock items. They are produced on a
facing the exploded view and find the Key Number,
special-order basis.
Part Number and quantity required for your type of

machine.
(4) Quantity column. The quantity shown in this

column is the number of parts used in the Figure.
Note :
While looking for a Part Number, pay
However, the quantity listed for an assembly indicates
particular attention to the voltage listed in the
the number of that assembly per machine.
SERIAL NUMBER/REMARKS column to

ensure that the Part Number selected is for
The letters in this column indicate that the quantity of
your type of machine.
a part is not specified, allowing the use of the number
Immediate shipping or action regarding the
of parts needed for assembly and that the quantity
part depends on using its correct Part
cannot be mentioned clearly.
Number.
R F...listed for reference only.
Parts List pages. The Parts List pages contain
AR...quantity not specified or cannot be

specified; used in quantities as necessary at
the following columns and information.
time of assmebly.
(1) Figure and Key Number column. The first
column shows the Figure Number of the illustration
(5) Description column. The Description column
corresponding to the Parts List, and the Key Number
lists the description that should be used when ordering
that identifies the part on the illustration.
the part.
(2) Part Number. The second column shows the
(6) Serial Number/Remarks. When there are
Part Number for the part. This Number must be used
differences in the specifications of power supply
when ordering replacement parts. The parts and
voltage, frequency, etc., the differences are described
assemblies identified as "NPN" do not have parts
in words or indicated by one, two or three letters in
numbers or are not in stock, i.e., they are not available
front of the serial number.
HOW TO USE PART LISTS REV.0 APR. 1994 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
II - 1
(Example)
(2) Figure and Key Number column. The second
Serial number
ABC00001
column lists the Figure and Key Number for each
These are the
occurrence of the part in the illustrations.
descriptive indicator.
If a modified model and a part are no longer interchangeable, the serial number of copiers for which
the part can be used is shown in this column. If there
is no indication the part can be used with all models.
Connectors list. Part numbers of connectors used

in copiers and designated as Service Parts are listed
in numerical order by connector number.
For connectors of which the housing and contacts

are a single unit, there are no part numbers for the
contact.
Connectors that are mounted on PCBs are indicated

as "PCB" in the connector column. The part numbers
for these connectors should be looked for in the PCB
parts list.
List of Standard Fasteners. This specifications

list incorporates screws, nuts, washers and shim
washers, retaining rings, pins, and spacers that are used
in all copiers (including optional equipment).
Numerical Index. There is a Numerical Index at

the end of this catalog; it lists in numerical order every
Part Number contained in the Parts Lists. The
Numerical Index contains the following columns and
information.
(1) Part Number. The first column shows the

Part Number.
II - 2
HOW TO USE PART LISTS REV.0 APR. 1994 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
FIGURE QA
ASSEMBLY LOCATION DIAGRAM (1/2)

(1/2)
DELIVERY MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
Q33
K1 TYPE
Q36
Q35
SORT GUIDE ASSEMBLY
Q31
KNURLED BELT
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
PAPER FEED LOWER

GUIDE ASSEMBLY
Q34
Q32
FEEDER ASSEMBLY
UPPER FEEDER
ASSEMBLY
Q30
Q37
FINISHER CONTROLLER
PCB ASSEMBLY
SAMPLE TRAY FRAME

ASSEMBLY
Q90
AC
Q19
Q92
MAIN BODY CABLE
ASSEMBLY
STACKER TRAY
FRAME ASSEMBLY
Q16
POWER CORD
TERMINAL ASSEMBLY
Q18
Q15
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
Q40
Q41
Q94
QA-1
CANON Finisher-K1/K2 REV.0 MAR. 2001 PRINTED IN JAPAN [IMPRIME AU JAPON]
FIGURE QA
ASSEMBLY LOCATION DIAGRAM (2/2)

(2/2)
Q24
TRAY ASSEMBLY
Q21
TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
PUNCH DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY

(K2 TYPE)
K2 TYPE
Q22
Q93
Q23
PUNCH WASTE FEED MOTOR

ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)
K2 TYPE
Q46
HOPPER ASSEMBLY
(K2 TYPE)
K2 TYPE
Q17
OPERATION ASSEMBLY
Q20

K2 TYPE
Q45
QA-2
FIGURE Q01
ATTACHMENT PARTS
14
6
14
A
B
4
7
5
K2 TYPE
14
16
9
11
14
11
10
14
12
B
15
13
100V ONLY
2
3
13
Q01-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q01 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
Q
T
Y
RF
DESCRIPTION
ATTACHMENT PARTS
FB4-8246-000
PLATE
FB4-8265-000
MOUNT, GROUNDING
FB4-8266-000
PLATE, GROUNDING
FB4-8340-000
LABEL
FB4-8345-000
LABEL
FB4-8602-000
LABEL
FB4-8722-000
GAP TAPE
FB5-9097-000
GUIDE, AUXILIARY
FB5-9173-000
LABEL, PUNCH
10
FB5-9302-000
LABEL, OPTION SWITCH
11
FF5-8463-030
PLATE, LATCH
12
FF5-8464-000
PLATE, PIN
13
XA9-0633-000
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X8
14
XA9-0949-000
10
15
FH2-5006-000
CABLE, GROUNDING
16
FB5-9118-000
PLATE, GROUNDING
SERIAL NUMBER / REMARKS
K2 TYPE
SCREW,RS,M4X10
100V
Q01-2
FIGURE Q10
7
8C
3
9A
8B
21
8D
8A
4
12
14
13 12
20
19
17
15
19
19
5
1
19
10J
10B
10D
16
10J 10J
11
10F
10J
16
10D
10J
10E
10J
10A
10H
18
10
6
1
10J
10G
10J
10C
Q10-1
K2 TYPE
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q10 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
Q
T
Y
RF
DESCRIPTION
FB2-0037-000
PIN, HINGE
FB3-0122-000
COVER, PCB
FB4-8725-000
COVER, REAR
K1 TYPE
FB5-9133-000
PANEL, REAR
K2 TYPE
FB4-8727-000
COVER, PILLAR
FB4-8728-000
COVER, FOOT
XA9-0606-000
SCREW, M4X10
FF5-8527-000
COVER, UPPER, REAR
FG6-3051-050
SLIDE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
8A
FB4-8271-020
GUIDE, SLIDE, UPPER
8B
FB4-8284-000
PLATE, SLIDE, 1
8C
FB4-8285-020
PLATE, SLIDE, 2
8D
FB4-8286-000
SPRING, LEAF
FG6-3076-000
TRAY ASSEMBLY
9A
FB4-8298-000
TRAY, AUXILIARY
10
FG6-7525-000
FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
10A
FB4-8237-000
PLATE
10B
FB4-8239-000
PLATE, HINGE
10C
FB4-8248-000
SPANNER, ADJUSTING
10D
FB4-8604-000
PLATE, DOOR SWITCH
10E
FB4-8697-020
COVER, SPRING
10F
FB4-8698-000
SPRING, LEAF
10G
FB5-9063-000
HINGE, DOOR, UPPER
10H
FB5-9072-000
LABEL, STAPLER
10J
XA9-0605-000
12
11
FB4-8275-020
SHUTTER
12
FB4-8276-000
PLATE, HURDLE, 1
13
FB4-8277-000
PLATE, HURDLE, 2
14
FB4-8278-000
PLATE, HURDLE, 3
SCREW,P,M4X8
Q10-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q10 - 15
FB4-8279-000
GUIDE, SHUTTER
16
FB4-8280-020
MOUNT, SHUTTER
17
FB4-8344-020
PLATE, GROUNDING
18
FB5-9138-000
WALL, LOADING, LOWER
19
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
20
XA9-0629-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
21
XA9-0722-000
SCREW,RS,M4X12
Q10-3
FIGURE Q11
(1)
501
13
(FM2)
(J72)
SEE FIGURE Q19
SEE FIGURE Q93
15
502
8
6
8
SEE FIGURE Q18
SEE FIGURE Q90
16
12
502
(J1129)
SEE FIGURE Q92
2
1
502
(J720)
8
2
8
SEE FIGURE Q15
4
SEE FIGURE Q40
1
8
8
(J111)
(J112)
14
10B
(J106)
(J128)
(J107)
(J49)
(J105)
(J58)
(J55)
(J104)
10C
(J63)
(J38)
(J1123)
(J45)
10D
9
10
10A
(J712)
(J719)
(J110)
(J124)
(J127)
(J76)
(J776) (J771)
(J971)
(J772)
(J773)
(J54)
(J57)
17
(J85)
(J88)
(J80)
Q11-1
(J61)
10E
503
11
(J711)
(J718)
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q11 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
NPN
RF
XA9-0732-000
AR
SCREW,RS,M4X8
FB4-8250-000
STOPPER, TRAY
FB4-8263-000
COVER, CONNECTOR
FB5-9065-000
COVER, FRONT FRAME
FB5-9070-000
COVER, STAPLER FRAME
FH3-2630-000
SWITCHING REGULATOR PCB UNIT
100V
FH3-2631-000
SWITCHING REGULATOR PCB UNIT
208/230V
FB4-8238-000
PLATE, CASTER
XA9-0629-000
AR
XZ9-0465-000
CASTER
10
FG3-1837-000
CABLE, OPERATION TRAY CONNECT
SCREW,RS,M4X8
J38,45,49,55,58,61
J63,104-107,111,112
J128,712,719,1123
10A
VS1-5057-002
CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT
J49
10B
VS1-6318-004
CONNECTOR, SNAP, TIGHT
J61
10C
VS1-6319-016
J63
10D
VS1-6319-018
J45
10E
VS1-6319-022
J38
11
FG3-1838-000
CABLE, STAPLER MAIN CONNECTING
J54,57,76,80,110,124
J127,771-773,776,971
12
FG3-1866-000
CABLE, 24VR
K1 TYPE
J720,1129
13
FH6-1579-000
FAN
FM2 J72
14
FB4-8240-000
HINGE, DOOR, LOWER
15
FB5-9043-000
HOLDER, STAPLER CABLE, UPPER
16
FB5-9044-000
HOLDER, STAPLER CABLE, LOWER
17
FG3-1851-000
CABLE, DC POWER SUPPLY
J85,88,711,718
501
XB1-2403-009
SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X30
K1 TYPE
502
XB6-7300-606
13
503
XB7-2201-209
SCREW,TP,M3X6
NUT,HEX,M12
Q11-2
FIGURE Q12
(2)
SEE FIGURE Q37
15
5
12
15
SEE FIGURE Q30
SEE FIGURE Q45
14
5A
4A
10
3
6
15
SEE FIGURE Q20
15
K2 TYPE
501
11
10
(J748)
2
501
503
10
502 13 9
(J1002)
(J941)
(PI26)
(J1002)
10
21
20
SEE FIGURE Q94
10
18
17
(MSW8)
(J57)
19
15
16
10
Q12-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q12 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
Q
T
Y
RF
DESCRIPTION
FB1-7214-000
KNOB
FG3-1832-000
OPTION SWITCH PCB ASSEMBLY
FB5-9135-000
COVER, OPTION SWITCH
FF5-9618-000
COVER, SWITCH
4A
FB5-2694-000
LABEL, WARNING
FF6-1219-000
COVER, INNER
5A
FB4-8717-000
LABEL, GUIDE, 1
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
FB5-2662-000
SPRING, LEAF
K2 TYPE
FB5-2636-000
SPACER, WASTE
K2 TYPE
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
K2 TYPE
PI26 J1002
10
XA9-0732-000
AR
11
FG3-1865-000
CABLE, HOPPER CROSSMEMBER
12
4S1-9002-000
SCREW,M4X6
13
FG3-0089-000
PUNCH WASTE SENSOR PCB ASS'Y
14
FB5-9181-000
SUPPORT, REAR COVER, 2
15
XA9-0629-000
AR
16
FB5-9287-000
SUPPORT, SWITCH
17
FH7-6336-000
MICROSWITCH
18
FS5-9438-000
SCREW,STEPPED
19
FS7-2646-000
SPRING, TENSION
20
XA9-1302-000
21
FB5-2656-000
SPACER, HOPPER
501
XB1-2300-409
K1 TYPE
XB1-2300-409
K2 TYPE
502
XB4-7400-809
SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M4X8
K2 TYPE
503
XB1-2300-609
SCREW,RS,M4X8
K2 TYPE
J748,941,1002
K2 TYPE
SCREW,RS,M4X8
MSW8 J57
Q12-2
FIGURE Q15
502
505
502
SEE FIGURE Q16
1
208/230V
(J717)
1A
(J1127)
1B
(J1121)
1D
(P2)
1E
1C
(J715)
C
502 505
(FM1)
1
100V
(J1122)
1B
(P1)
503
1A
501
504
A
C
(J84)
4A
(CB1)
(J1122/1127)
3
4
NOTE : This assembly includes the assembly shown in Figure Q16.
Figure Q16
Q15-1
502
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q15 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7519-000
100V
SEE NOTE
FG6-7607-000
208/230V
FF3-3613-000
CORD, POWER
100V
P1 J1122
FG3-1867-000
CODE, POWER SUPPLY
208/230V
P2 J1127
1A
VS1-6380-003
CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE
J1122,1127
1B
WS3-5292-000
SOCKET CONTACT
J1122,1127
1C
WT1-5156-000
CLIMP-STYLE TERMINAL
208/230V
1D
WT2-0260-000
BUSHING (NYLON (R)
208/230V
1E
FB5-9132-000
PLATE, BUSHING
208/230V
RH7-1289-000
FAN
FM1 J715
WD3-5075-000
BREAKER, CIRCUIT
CB1
FG3-1842-000
CABLE, AC POWER SUPPLY
J84,1122,1127
4A
WT2-5041-000
TIE, CABLE
501
XB1-2300-609
502
XB1-2400-606
100V
XB1-2400-606
208/230V
503
XB1-2403-009
504
XB2-7400-607
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6
505
XD1-4200-402
WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK
100V
XD1-4200-402
WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK
208/230V
Q15-2
FIGURE Q16
(J717)
7
6
(J1121)
3
NOTE : This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure Q15.
Figure Q15
FG3-1841-000
1
FB4-8236-000
PLATE, CABLE, HOLDER
FH2-6481-000
HOUSING
FH2-6482-000
COVER, PLUG, A
FH2-6483-000
COVER, PLUG, B
FH2-6487-000
CLAMP, CABLE
VS1-5452-007
WS3-5044-000
SOCKET, CONTACT, 18-24AWG
WT1-0237-000
TERMINAL, RING
WE8-5496-000
FERRITE CORE
Q16 -
Q16-1
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION

SEE NOTE
J1121
J717,1121
FIGURE Q17
HOPPER ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)

K2 TYPE
501
502
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q17 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-3326-000
HOPPER ASSEMBLY
FF5-8626-000
PRISM
FB5-2647-000
LABEL
501
XB4-7300-806
502
XB4-7401-207

K2 TYPE
Q17-1
FIGURE Q18
10
12
507
20
(PI17)
(J92)
506
3
5
5
504
11
5
2
5
5
5
7
501
5
502
503
502
5
24
501
5
(J89)
506
508
1
(J90)
5
(M12)
24B
510
13
21
5
24D
502
8
16
502
505
18
15
17
502
14
503
502
13
26
502
501
19
502
502
14 503
22
8
5
23
(J109)
25
501
22
12
502
502
501
Q18-1
511
24A
508
509
24C
(PI18)
(J93)
6
(J89)
502
(J94)
(J93)
(J92)
(J90)
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q18 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7530-000
FB4-8302-000
COVER, GEAR
FB4-8306-000
PLATE, STOP
FB4-8310-000
COVER, DRIVER
FS5-3744-000
PULLEY, 50T
XA9-0629-000
AR
XA9-0633-000
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X8
XF9-0696-000
BELT, TIMING
XG9-0365-000
BEARING, BALL
FB4-8320-000
LEVER, SENSOR
10
FB4-8321-000
COVER, SENSOR
11
FB4-8328-000
SPRING, TORSION
12
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
13
FS7-0346-000
GEAR, 40T
14
FS7-0347-000
GEAR, 24T
15
FB4-8307-000
RATCHET
16
FS5-6307-000
WASHER
17
FS7-0349-000
GEAR, RATCHET, 20T
18
FS7-2081-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
19
XD9-0151-000
WASHER
20
FG2-9785-000
DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY
21
FB4-8337-000
PLATE, TRAY STOP
22
FS2-1617-000
BEARING, BALL
23
FB4-8303-000
STOPPER, TRAY
24
FG6-3063-000
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
24A
FS7-0351-000
GEAR, 27T
24B
FB4-8339-000
TORQUE LIMITER
24C
FS7-0350-000
GEAR, 14T
24D
FH6-1647-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC24V
M12 J89
25
FG3-1849-000
CABLE, STACKER TRAY
J89,90,92-94,109
SCREW,RS,M4X8
PI17,18 J92,93
Q18-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q18 - 26
FG3-1828-000
501
XB6-7400-609
10
SCREW,TP,M4X6
502
XD2-1100-642
12
RING,E
503
XD3-2300-162
PIN,DOWEL
504
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
505
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
506
XB1-2300-409
507
XB1-2301-209
508
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
509
XD2-1100-402
RING,E
510
XD3-2200-162
PIN,DOWEL
511
XB2-6300-607
SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X6
Q18-3
AREA SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY

J90
FIGURE Q19
8
13
15
507
8
28
(PI20)
(J83)
5
8
(MSW3)
(J87)
4
12
506
8
8
504
23
31
14
3
8
6
8
8
10
501
503
502
11
502
8
26
501
8
506
(J81)
508
(J82)
2
(M13)
26B
510
511
26A
508
509
26C
20
18
502
21
19
16
502
505
501
27
26D
(PI19)
(J86) 15
11
22
502
30
502
501
502
17
25
11
502
503
(J113)
24
(J114)
29
501
16
502
9
502
25
11
Q19-1
17
503
502
502
(J81)
(J86)
(J83)
(J87)
(J82)
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q19 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7531-000
FB4-8297-000
COVER
FB4-8302-000
COVER, GEAR
FB4-8304-000
STOPPER
FB4-8306-000
PLATE, STOP
FB4-8310-000
COVER, DRIVER
FB4-8329-000
SPRING, LEAF
FS5-3744-000
PULLEY, 50T
XA9-0629-000
AR
XA9-0633-000
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X8
10
XF9-0696-000
BELT, TIMING
11
XG9-0365-000
BEARING, BALL
12
FB4-8320-000
LEVER, SENSOR
13
FB4-8321-000
COVER, SENSOR
14
FB4-8328-000
SPRING, TORSION
15
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
16
FS7-0346-000
GEAR, 40T
17
FS7-0347-000
GEAR, 24T
18
FB4-8307-000
RATCHET
19
FS5-6307-000
WASHER
20
FS7-0349-000
GEAR, RATCHET, 20T
21
FS7-2081-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
22
XD9-0151-000
WASHER
23
FG2-9785-000
DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY
24
FB4-8303-000
STOPPER, TRAY
25
FS2-1617-000
BEARING, BALL
26
FG6-3063-000
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
26A
FS7-0351-000
GEAR, 27T
26B
FB4-8339-000
TORQUE LIMITER
26C
FS7-0350-000
GEAR, 14T
SCREW,RS,M4X8
PI19,20 J86,83
Q19-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q19 - 26D
Q19-3
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FH6-1647-000
27
FB4-8336-000
PLATE, TRAY STOPPER
28
WC4-5159-000
SWITCH, MICRO
MSW3 J87
29
FG3-1850-000
CABLE, SAMPLE TRAY
J81-83,86,87,113,114
30
FG3-1828-000
AREA SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY
J82
31
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
501
XB6-7400-609
10
SCREW,TP,M4X6
502
XD2-1100-642
12
RING,E
503
XD3-2300-162
PIN,DOWEL
504
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
505
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
506
XB1-2300-409
507
XB1-2301-209
508
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
509
XD2-1100-402
RING,E
510
XD3-2200-162
PIN,DOWEL
511
XB2-6300-607
SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X6
M13 J81
OPERATION ASSEMBLY (1/3)
FIGURE Q20
1/3
31
29
508
62
503
506
508
27
508
36
47
(PI14)
(J67)
508
(PI15)
(J68)
65
46
27
18
23
29
64
61
513
29
48
66
66A
51
508
66B
(J59)
63
49
36 513
504
508
516
60
70
502
512
23
508
(M8)
55
508
29
50
58
23
71
508
56
36
19
(PI13)
(J65)
512
54
515
29
29
13
508
48
29
53
A
36
504
508
507
34
511
507
507
16
1
36
15
508
510
55
A
507
36
508
59 503
26
506
509
(J69)
(J53)
69A
69B
(J46)
(J39)
(J48)
(J47)
(J52)
29
509
12
51
52
(J60)
509
512
57
17
(J50)
69C
2
509
513
Figure Q21, Q22, Q23, Q24
(J61)
(J63)
(J38)
(J49)
(J58)
(J45)
509
NOTE : This assembly includes the assemblies shown in Figure Q21, Q22, Q23 and Q24.
Q20-1
69
(J62)
(J67)
(J59)
49
23
15
508
(J68)
(J64)
508
71
512
FIGURE Q20
2/3
29
509
91
28
40
513
505
509
18
28
22
509
29
11
33
45
33
29
21
29
29
35
SEE FIGURE Q24
(M7)
91
505
32
20
508
512
50
(J60)
502
39
86
23
18
508
507
43
41
42
33
87
507
43
29
29
88
519
10
63
89
35
90
29
(J44)
(SL4)
29
56
SEE FIGURE Q23
(PI10)
(J52)
Q20-2
FIGURE Q20

3/3
44
44B
29
44D
(J64)
(J65)
14
SEE FIGURE Q21
514
(J1123)
68
514
24
(J55)
(J66)
501
44C
(J54)
44A
(M9)
37
(MSW5)
517
(MSW7)
44E
29
SEE FIGURE Q22
29
517
67
24
(MSW6)
(MSW4)
81
14
507 80
27
85
(PI32)
(J34)
29
502
38
501
61
503
30
56
85A
83
85B
79
503
80
84
81
507
29
82
(PI9)
(J48)
29
507
507
78
82A
E
7
82B
503
29
29
79
77
507
79
507
507
507
518
507
(PI12)
(J62)
507
E
515
75
515
507
74
25
515
73
72
515
25
25
Q20-3
507
76
76
27
76
76
518
29
79
515
25
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q20 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7458-000
OPERATION ASSEMBLY
4A1-0746-000
PULLEY
FA5-5377-000
PULLEY
FB4-8430-000
FLAG
FB4-8431-000
COVER, SWITCH
FB4-8453-000
LINK, SHUTTER
FB4-8457-000
PLATE, SHUTTER GEAR
FB4-8458-000
SPRING, LEAF
FB4-8459-000
SHAFT
FB4-8460-000
RATCHET, SHUTTER
10
FB5-9016-000
HOLDER, CABLE
11
FF5-8494-000
GUIDE, CABLE
12
FS1-1189-000
BUSHING
13
FS1-1213-000
BUSHING
14
FS1-9078-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M4
15
FS2-3470-000
PULLEY, 20T
16
FS2-3504-000
PULLEY, 24T
17
FS2-3514-000
PULLEY, 30T
18
FS2-6466-000
FLANGE, ROLLER
19
FS2-6581-000
ROLLER
20
FS5-3748-000
PULLEY, 26T
21
FS5-3752-000
PULLEY, IDLER, 26T
22
FS7-0358-000
PULLEY, 26T/GEAR, 19T
23
FS7-2088-000
SPRING, TENSION
24
FS7-2093-020
SPRING, TENSION
25
FS7-2633-000
SPRING, TENSION
26
FU3-0004-000
GEAR, WORM
27
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
28
FS1-1452-030
BUSHING
29
XA9-0629-000
AR

SEE NOTE
PI12,14,15,32
J62,67,68,34
SCREW,RS,M4X8
Q20-4
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q20 - 30
XA9-0915-000
SCREW,P,M3X6
31
XF2-1114-040
BELT, TIMING
32
XF9-0333-000
BELT, TIMING, T125
33
XF9-0358-000
BELT, TIMING
34
XF9-0591-000
BELT, TIMING
35
XG9-0403-000
BEARING, BALL
36
XG9-0407-000
BEARING, BALL, UGF106P12ZZD4ML
37
FG3-0082-000
LED PCB ASSEMBLY
38
FG3-1979-000
PHOTO TRANSISTOR PCB ASSEMBLY
39
FB5-9073-000
ROLLER, DELIVERY, LOWER
40
FS5-0804-000
GEAR, 19T
41
FF5-8491-000
PLATE, TENSIONER
42
FS5-3750-000
PULLEY, 26T/32T
43
RA1-2483-000
FLANGE, PULLEY
44
FG6-3103-000
PADDLE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
44A
FB4-8413-000
COVER, MOTOR
44B
FF3-3605-000
CABLE, PADDLE
J64-66
44C
VS1-5057-005
J66
44D
VS1-5057-008
J64
44E
FH6-1645-000
M9 J66
45
FB4-8427-000
LINK, ROLLER, 1
46
FF5-8496-000
PLATE, TENSIONER 2
47
FS5-6237-000
ROLLER, IDLER
48
FB5-9005-000
CAM, SWING
49
FF5-8500-020
PLATE, SHUTTER TENSIONER
50
FH6-1644-000
MOTOR, DC 24V
51
FS2-9394-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M3X1.4
52
FS5-6324-000
ROLLER
53
FS7-0355-000
PULLEY, 24T/ GEAR, 15T
54
FS7-0356-000
GEAR, 28T
Q20-5
M7,8 J60,59
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q20 - 55
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FS7-0357-000
GEAR, 29T
56
WG8-5464-000
PHOTO INTERRUPTER, TLP1253(C6)
57
XF2-1117-340
BELT, TIMING
58
FF5-8495-000
PLATE, TENSIONER
59
FS2-6488-000
ROLLER
60
FB4-8421-000
PLATE, AUXILIARY, REAR
61
FB4-8441-000
PLATE, SENSOR COVER
62
FS5-3751-000
PULLEY, 18T/60T
63
XA9-0633-000
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X8
64
XF2-1111-060
BELT, TIMING
65
FB5-9004-000
PULLEY, 48T
66
FG6-7466-000
PADDLE ASSEMBLY
66A
FB4-8436-000
HOLDER, PADDLE
66B
FB5-9000-000
PADDLE
67
FB4-8438-000
MOUNT, SWITCH, FRONT
68
FB4-8439-000
MOUNT, SWITCH, REAR
69
FG3-1846-000
CABLE, TRAY, 2
PI9,10,13
J48,52,65
MSW4-7 J38,39,45-50
J52-55,58-64,67-69
J1123
69A
VS1-5057-002
J53
69B
VS1-5057-004
J50
69C
WT2-5178-000
CLIP, CABLE
70
FS7-0359-000
GEAR, 26T
71
RS1-1042-000
BUSHING
72
FB5-8989-000
LINK, STOP, 1
73
FB5-8990-000
LINK, STOP, 2
74
FB5-8991-000
LINK, STOP, 3
75
FB5-8992-000
LINK, STOP, 4
76
FS5-6900-000
ROLLER, LINK
77
FB5-8993-000
HOLDER, STOP, 1
78
FB5-8994-000
HOLDER, STOP, 2
Q20-6
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q20 - 79
FB5-9007-000
LINK, STOP
80
FB5-9017-000
SPRING, TORSION
81
FB5-9018-000
SPRING, TORSION
82
FF6-1164-000
PLATE, LINK, FRONT
82A
FB3-7285-000
DAMPER, SHUTTER
82B
FB5-9011-000
SHEET, STOP
83
FB5-8995-000
HOLDER, STOP, 3
84
FB5-8996-000
HOLDER, STOP, 4
85
FF6-1165-000
PLATE, LINK, REAR
85A
FB3-7285-000
DAMPER, SHUTTER
85B
FB5-9011-000
SHEET, STOP
86
FB5-9021-000
LINK, TRAY SOLENOID
87
FB5-9023-000
SPRING, TORSION
88
FF6-1168-000
SUPPORT, SOLENOID
89
FF6-1169-000
SOLENOID
SL4 J44
90
VS1-5057-002
J44
91
XG9-0459-000
BEARING, BALL
501
XB1-2300-609
502
XB1-2400-609
503
XB6-7300-609
10
504
XD1-1106-220
SHIM
505
XD1-1108-220
SHIM
506
XD1-4200-402
WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK
507
XD2-1100-322
22
RING,E
508
XD2-1100-502
17
RING,E
509
XD2-1100-642
12
RING,E
510
XD3-2200-082
PIN,DOWEL
511
XD3-2200-102
PIN,DOWEL
512
XD3-2200-122
PIN,DOWEL
513
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
Q20-7
SCREW,TP,M3X6
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q20 - 514
XB1-2400-409
515
XD2-1100-402
RING,E
516
XB6-7300-809
SCREW,TP,M3X8
517
XB1-2302-509
518
XB6-7400-609
SCREW,TP,M4X6
519
XB1-2300-409
DESCRIPTION
Q20-8
FIGURE Q21
TRAY ASSEMBLY
4
3
5
11
10
10
9
7

Figure Q20
Q21-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q21 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7469-000
TRAY ASSEMBLY
FB4-8366-000
LINK, 2
FB4-8368-020
LINK, 1
FB5-8986-000
PLATE, SIDE, REAR
FB5-8987-000
PLATE, SIDE, FRONT
FB5-8988-000
RACK, FRONT
FB5-9020-000
RIB, DELIVERY, AUXILIARY
FB5-9024-000
SPRING, TORSION
FB5-9027-000
FLAG, TRAY SENSOR
FS5-6662-000
ROLLER, 1
10
FS5-6663-000
ROLLER, 2
11
FS7-2643-000
SPRING, TENSION

SEE NOTE
Q21-2
TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
FIGURE Q22
10
10
6
2
6
7
501
(PI8)
(J43)
501
(PI7)
(J42)
11
(J43)
(J40)
(J42)
(J34)
(J41)
11A
12
501
4
13
502
501
503
4
5
(M5)
(J40)
12
(M4)
(J41)
13
503

Figure Q20
Q22-1
(J39)
11B
502
(J44)
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q22 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7462-000
TRAY FRAME ASSEMBLY
FA2-5970-000
SCREW, STEPPED
FB4-8392-000
GUIDE, TRAY CABLE
FF5-8481-000
PLATE, TENSION
FS1-9120-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M3
FS7-2088-000
SPRING, TENSION
FU3-0009-000
GEAR, 16T/PULLEY, 30T
RA1-2483-000
FLANGE, PULLEY
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
XA9-0629-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
10
XF2-1110-240
BELT, TIMING
11
FG3-1845-000
CABLE, OPERATION TRAY, 1
J34,39-44
11A
VS1-5057-002
J44
11B
VS1-6319-022
J39
12
FB4-8376-000
MOUNT, MOTOR
13
FH6-1905-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
501
XB6-7300-609
SCREW,TP,M3X6
502
XD1-4200-402
WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK
503
XB1-2300-609
SEE NOTE
PI7,8 J42,43
M4,5 J41,40
Q22-2
FIGURE Q23
10
10B
10A
8
4
503
9
7
504
502
5
11
(J51)
(J50)
(PI11)
12
(J51)
A
1
(M6)
(J46)
7
1
501
7

Figure Q20
Q23-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q23 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7463-000
FF5-8483-000
RAIL, TRAY
FH6-1899-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
FS2-6581-000
ROLLER
FS5-3746-000
PULLEY, IDLER, 18T/48T
FS5-3747-000
PULLEY, 36T
RA1-2483-000
FLANGE, PULLEY
XA9-0629-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
XF9-0357-000
BELT, TIMING
XF9-0539-000
BELT, TIMING
10
FG6-3086-020
AUXILIARY TRAY ASSEMBLY
10A
FB4-8360-000
GUIDE, TRAY, 1
10B
FB4-8361-000
GUIDE, TRAY, 2
11
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
PI11 J51
12
FG3-1857-000
CABLE, AUXILIARY TRAY SENSOR
J50,51
501
XB1-2300-609
502
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
503
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
504
XD2-1100-642
RING,E
SEE NOTE
M6 J46
Q23-2
FIGURE Q24
25
21
4
20
24
26
(MSW2)
(J53)
506
20
506
507
501
21
22
502
502
5
502
504
505
504
18
5
16
14
501
5
10
502
11
3
10
502
504
9
4
14
502
17
19
504
502
15
502
13
12
502
13
502

Figure Q20
Q24-1
502
19
508
505
503
502
501
23
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q24 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7474-000
FF5-8486-000
LINK, ROLLER, 2
FS5-3748-000
PULLEY, 26T
FS7-2632-000
SPRING, TENSION
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
XG9-0403-000
11
FB4-8397-000
ARM, STOP
FS6-8795-000
SEAL, JAM
FB4-8394-000
GUIDE, RIB
FB4-8395-000
HOLDER, GUIDE RIB
10
FS7-2089-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
11
FB4-8442-000
GUIDE, RIB, 2
12
FB5-9033-000
ROLLER, FEEDER, UPPER
13
FS5-6158-000
ROLLER, LIFTER
14
FB4-8404-000
BUSHING, RUBBER
15
FB5-9025-000
SPRING, TORSION
16
FB5-9026-000
SPRING, TORSION
17
FF5-8489-000
PLATE, SWING, FRONT
18
FF5-8490-000
PLATE, SWING, REAR
19
FS5-0804-000
GEAR, 19T
20
FB4-8408-000
ELIMINATOR, STATIC CHARGE
21
FB5-9006-000
22
FB4-8406-000
LEVER, SWITCH
23
FB4-8407-000
SPRING, TORSION
24
FF5-8493-000
GUIDE, HARNESS
25
XA9-0629-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
26
FG3-1861-000
CABLE, SWING GUIDE SAFETY SW.
501
XD1-1108-220
SHIM
502
XD2-1100-642
20
503
XD3-2200-122

SEE NOTE
BEARING, BALL
MSW2 J53
RING,E
PIN,DOWEL
Q24-2
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q24 - 504
XD1-1108-222
SHIM
505
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
506
XB1-2300-409
507
XB1-2301-409
508
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
Q24-3
DESCRIPTION
FEEDER ASSEMBLY (1/3)
FIGURE Q30
(1/3)
503
45
45 13
92
57
45
45
92
503
16
39
K2 TYPE
97
45
SEE FIGURE Q33
45
96
45
38
39
10
38
503
503
SEE FIGURE
Q32
18
20
45
(J29)
58
(J28)
58A
SEE FIGURE Q31
63
(PI5)
45 (J25)
83
74
18
33
508
74
77
508
90
508
45 70
503
33
82
514
(J33)
95
25
45
(J70)
(PI2)
19
45
20
503
(J31)
503
C
86
502
78
SEE FIGURE Q34
84
505
87
63
81
76
80
503
(J33)
(PI4)
85
89
79
45
88
505
34
75
35
505
502
34
NOTE : This assembly includes the assemblies shown in Figure Q31, Q32, Q33, Q34, Q35 and Q36.
: Figure Q31, Q32, Q33, Q34, Q35, Q36
Q30-1
503
52
63
18
10
43
FIGURE Q30
(2/3)
27
50
47
69
24
508
503
29
510
508
41
508
68
511
30
44
46
508
50
45
506 23
510
503
(M2)
(J96)
26
508
508
26
50
67
7
510
68
508
508
50
510
28
49
32
508
D
G
31
48
4
3
21A
50
50
22
506
(J21)
(SL1)
(J91)
50
(J72)
(J19)
507
26
(J96)
(J20)
43
509
508
(J99)
(J26)
(J25)
50
27
508 49
27
50
508
509
(J23)
50
508
(J97)
(J118) (J119)
55
55A (J21)
508
56B
(J95)
56A
506
56A
(J743)
(J741)
508
36
26
27
503
508
510
508
21
37
508
(J100)
(J1124)
(J116)
(J121)
(J117)
(J120)
(J101)
(J103)
(J108)
(J30)
(J31)
(J70)
(J28)
55B
56
(J714)
(J716)
(J35)
(J98) 55C
(J721)
55D
Q30-2
FIGURE Q30

(3/3)
37
K1 TYPE
45
15
45
SEE FIGURE Q36
(SL2)
22
36
(J20)
45
501
507
K2 TYPE
45
93
45
12
45
45
503
15
65
66A
63
(J27)
(J26)
503
53
(PI6)
60
66
502
503
42
51
59
45 94 40
25
503
(J95)
(M1)
91
503
45
54
45
502
H
501
87
45
SEE FIGURE Q35
45
512
503
513
507
503
11 (MSW1)
(J1124)
74
513
503
63
69
74
510
73
59
60
72
63
(J24)
(PI3)
62A
57
62
45
45
14
43
64
43
503
504
25
17
41
(J22)
(J23)
Q30-3
508
71
510
(PI1)
(J100)
74
27
513
61A
(J24)
61
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q30 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7510-000
FEEDER ASSEMBLY
K1 TYPE
SEE NOTE
FG6-7511-000
FEEDER ASSEMBLY
K2 TYPE
SEE NOTE
FA3-4725-000
CATCH, MAGNET
FB3-0123-030
HOLDER, SWITCH
FB4-8615-000
ROLLER
FB4-8616-000
ROLLER, 2
FB4-8617-000
ROLLER, BUFFER
FB4-8619-000
ROLLER
FB4-8622-000
DEFLECTOR, 1
FB4-8623-000
DEFLECTOR, 2
FB4-8624-000
ARM, DEFLECTOR
10
FB4-8713-000
SHEET, PCB
11
FF3-3746-000
FRONT DOOR SWITCH UNIT
12
FS1-9255-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M4
13
FF5-3800-000
PLATE, PIN, 1
14
FF5-8461-000
LATCH, FRONT
15
FF5-8462-000
LATCH, REAR
K1 TYPE
FF6-1208-000
SUPPORT, LATCH, REAR
K2 TYPE
16
FA6-0768-020
SHEET, STOP
17
FF5-8529-000
MOUNT, TENSIONER
18
FF5-8532-000
PLATE, PIN, 2
19
FF5-8538-000
PLATE, PIN
20
FF5-8547-000
SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY
21
FF5-8550-000
GUIDE, UPPER
21A
FA6-0768-020
SHEET, STOP
22
FF5-8551-000
SOLENOID
23
FF6-1190-000
SUPPORT, TENSION
24
FH6-1898-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
25
FS1-9005-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M4
26
FS2-1528-000
BUSHING
MSW1 J1124
SL1,2 J21,20
M2 J96
Q30-4
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q30 - 27
FS2-3488-000
PULLEY, 32T
28
FS2-3527-000
PULLEY, 48T
29
FS2-9394-000
30
FS5-3905-000
PULLEY, 48T
31
FS5-6243-000
ROLLER
32
FS5-6381-000
FLANGE
33
FS5-6487-000
WASHER
34
FS5-6905-000
ROLLER, LEVER, 2
35
FS5-9360-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M4
36
FS7-2107-000
SPRING, TENSION
37
FS7-2108-000
SPRING, TENSION
38
FS7-2109-000
SPRING, TENSION
39
FS7-2110-000
SPRING, TENSION
40
FS7-2111-000
SPRING, TENSION
41
FS7-2112-000
SPRING, TENSION
42
FS7-2121-000
SPRING, TENSION
43
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
44
XA9-0687-000
45
XA9-0732-000
AR
SCREW,RS,M4X8
46
XF2-1606-610
BELT, TIMING
47
XF9-0693-000
BELT, TIMING
48
XF9-0694-000
BELT, TIMING
49
XF9-0695-000
BELT, TIMING
50
XG9-0365-000
10
BEARING, BALL
51
FB5-2674-000
MOUNT
52
FF5-8548-060
MOUNT, SENSOR
53
FG3-0082-000
LED PCB ASSEMBLY
54
FG3-1979-000
PHOTO TRANSISTOR PCB ASSEMBLY
55
FG3-1843-000
CABLE, PAPER FEED, FRONT
K2 TYPE
J21,23,25,26,28,30
J31,35,70,98-100,108
J118,119,721,1124
Q30-5
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q30 - 55A
VS1-5057-002
J21
55B
VS1-5057-003
J30
55C
VS1-5057-004
J31
55D
VS1-6318-005
J35
56
FG3-1972-000
CABLE, PAPER FEED, REAR
K2 TYPE
J19,20,72,91,95-97
J101,103,116,117,120
J121,714,716,741,743
FG3-1973-000
CABLE, PAPER FEED, REAR
K1 TYPE
J19,20,72,91,95-97
J101,103,117,120,121
J714,716
56A
VS1-5057-002
J20,91
56B
VS1-5057-003
J72
57
FF5-8534-000
PLATE, PIN
58
FF3-3600-000
CABLE, LOWER PASS SENSOR
J28,29
58A
VS1-5057-004
J28
59
FB4-8641-000
FLAG, SENSOR
60
FB4-8718-000
SPRING, TORSION
61
FF3-3599-000
CABLE, BUFFER PASS
J22-24
61A
VS1-5057-007
J23
62
FF5-8509-000
HOLDER, SENSOR
62A
FB4-8721-000
SHEET
63
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
64
FG3-0081-000
SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY
65
FB4-8661-000
HOLDER, SENSOR
66
FF3-3604-000
CABLE, PAPER FEED SENSOR
J26,27
66A
VS1-5057-003
J26
67
FB4-8618-000
ROLLER, NON-SORT
68
FC2-5102-000
ROLLER, DELIVERY, 1
69
FS5-6661-000
FLANGE
70
FB1-7099-020
LEVER, STOP
71
FS7-2636-000
SPRING, TENSION
72
FU3-0005-000
GEAR, 25T
PI1-6
J100,70,24,33,25,27
Q30-6
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q30 - 73
FU3-0006-000
GEAR, 26T
74
XG9-0403-000
BEARING, BALL
75
FB5-9075-000
GUIDE, STAPLER
76
FB5-9079-000
ROLLER, S2
77
FB5-9080-000
ROLLER
78
FB5-9103-000
BELT, PAPER FEED
79
FF6-1191-000
GUIDE, STAPLER, FRONT
80
FF6-1192-000
GUIDE, STAPLER, REAR
81
FF6-1193-000
GUIDE, STAPLER, CENTER
82
FS5-0677-000
GEAR, 26T
83
FS5-6901-000
ROLLER
84
FB4-8592-000
COVER, RIB
85
FB4-8668-000
GUIDE, PAPER
86
FB4-8690-000
GUIDE, CABLE
87
FB5-9104-000
88
FF6-1194-000
SUPPORT, SENSOR
89
FS7-2118-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
90
FG3-1854-000
CABLE, PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR
J31,33
91
FF6-1242-000
MOTOR, DC
M1 J95
92
FF5-8523-000
PLATE, PIN
93
FF5-8530-000
MOUNT, TENSIONER, 2
94
FF5-8531-000
MOUNT, TENSIONER, 3
95
FS5-6941-000
SPACER, S2
96
FF5-8523-000
PLATE, PIN
K2 TYPE
97
FF5-8534-000
PLATE, PIN
K2 TYPE
501
XB1-2300-409
502
XB1-2300-609
503
XB1-2400-609
AR
504
XB6-7300-609
505
XD2-1100-242
11
Q30-7
SCREW,TP,M3X6
RING,E
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q30 - 506
XD2-1100-402
RING,E
507
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
508
XD2-1100-642
26
RING,E
509
XD3-2200-122
PIN,DOWEL
510
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
511
XD3-2200-162
PIN,DOWEL
512
XB6-7400-609
SCREW,TP,M4X6
513
XD1-1108-212
SHIM
514
XD3-2200-182
PIN,DOWEL
DESCRIPTION
Q30-8
FIGURE Q31
SORT GUIDE ASSEMBLY
502
11
503
10
(J91)
27B
27B
19
501
10
27C
(J36)
23
19
503
27
19
27A
505
26
501
A
7
502
11
505
22
19
25
(SL5)
24
505
504
501
23
501
18
504
504
504
12
505
25
14
501
21
504
502
20
12
502
501
17
13
16
501
1
15
501
5
501
16
5
501

: Figure Q30
Q31-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q31 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7509-000
SORT GUIDE ASSEMBLY
FB4-8701-000
SPRING, TORSION
FB4-8702-000
SPRING, TORSION
FB4-8703-000
SPRING, TORSION
FB4-8704-000
SPRING, TORSION
FF5-3804-000
PLATE, PIN, 1
FS1-9168-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M4X5
FB4-8620-000
ROLLER
FF5-8524-030
GUIDE, SORT
FS5-6657-000
BUSHING
10
FS7-2114-000
SPRING, TENSION
11
XG9-0362-000
BUSHING, CONDUCTIVE
12
FB5-9006-000
13
FB5-9098-000
KNOB
14
FB5-9128-000
15
FF6-1185-000
ROLLER, DELIVERY, 1
16
FF6-1186-000
ROLLER, DELIVERY, 2
17
XA9-1031-000
18
FB5-9104-000
19
FB5-9121-000
GUIDE, PAPER
20
FB5-9123-000
COVER, SOLENOID
21
FB5-9124-000
LINK
22
FB5-9011-000
SHEET, STOP
23
FF6-1188-000
PLATE, PIN
24
FF6-1189-000
SOLENOID
25
FS1-1433-000
BUSHING
26
FS7-2634-000
SPRING, TENSION
27
FG3-1860-000
CABLE, SOLENOID
J36,91
27A
VS1-5057-002
J36
27B
WT2-5565-000
CLAMP, CABLE
SEE NOTE
SL5 J36
Q31-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q31 - 27C
Q31-3
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
WT2-5178-000
501
XB1-2400-609
AR
502
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
503
XD1-1106-221
SHIM
504
XB1-2300-409
505
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
CLIP, CABLE
FIGURE Q32
PAPER FEED LOWER GUIDE ASSEMBLY
2
501
4
1
3
2
501
: Figure Q30
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q32 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-3178-000
PAPER FEED LOWER GUIDE ASS'Y
FB4-8657-000
PLATE, SUPPORT
FF5-6194-000
ROLLER, FEED
FB4-8715-000
LABEL, GUIDE
XA9-0605-000
SCREW,P,M4X8
501
XB1-2400-609

SEE NOTE
Q32-1
FIGURE Q33
2
2
3
5
: Figure Q30
FG6-3179-000
1
FB4-8600-000
PLATE, SUPPORT
FA6-0768-020
SHEET, STOP
FB4-8716-000
LABEL, GUIDE
FF5-8536-000
ROLLER, FEED
XA9-0605-000
10
SCREW,P,M4X8
Q33 -
Q33-1
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION

SEE NOTE
FIGURE Q34
505
B
505
503
8
6
503
11
504
(J30)
7
(J35)
10
14
(J37)
(J32)
506
17
502
13
(PI31)
(J32)
15
12
506
16
501
14
506
16
506 16
15
17
506
16
506
(M20)
(J37)
16
506
2
1
502

: Figure Q30
Q34-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q34 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7506-000
FF6-1196-000
PLATE, PIN
FH6-1906-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
FS1-1189-000
BUSHING
FS1-1202-000
BUSHING
FS5-0801-020
GEAR, 39T
FS6-0541-000
GEAR, 20T
FS7-2635-000
SPRING, TENSION
FU3-0008-000
GEAR, 40T
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
10
XA9-0195-000
SCREW,P,M3X8
11
FG3-1856-000
CABLE
12
FB5-9082-000
LEVER, VARIABLE
13
FB5-9083-000
RACK, LEVER
14
FS5-6904-000
ROLLER, LEVER, 1
15
FS5-6905-000
ROLLER, LEVER, 2
16
FS5-6908-000
ROLLER, LEVER, 3
17
FB5-9094-000
GUIDE, KNURLED
501
XB1-2300-409
502
XB1-2400-609
503
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
504
XD2-1100-642
RING,E
505
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
506
XD2-1100-242
RING,E

SEE NOTE
M20 J37
PI31 J32
J30,32,35,37
Q34-2
FIGURE Q35

K1 TYPE
502
501
5
3
502
4
2
5
503
4
502
503
502

: Figure Q30
FG6-3191-000
1
FB5-9098-000
KNOB
FB4-8645-000
GUIDE, 1
FB4-8684-000
FF5-8532-000
PLATE, PIN, 2
FS7-2115-000
SPRING, TENSION
501
XB1-2300-409
502
XB1-2400-609
503
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
Q35 -
Q35-1
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
RELAY GUIDE ASSEMBLY

K1 TYPE
SEE NOTE
FIGURE Q36
DELIVERY MOTOR ASSEMBLY
502
3
501
501
1
503
2
501
(M3)
(J97)
502
501
: Figure Q30
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q36 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7501-000
PAPER DELIVERY MOTOR ASSEMBLY
FB4-8630-000
MOUNT, PCB
FH6-1652-000
FG2-9785-000
DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY
501
XB1-2300-609
502
XB1-2301-209
503
XB1-2400-609

SEE NOTE
M3 J97
Q36-1
FIGURE Q37
B
A
501
8A
9
12
7
10
504
14
501
11
1
6
21
503
502
10
504
19
20
13
6 503
15
16
502
18
4
6
17
5
3
17
6
2
6
Q37-1
501
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q37 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-3170-000
FB1-7173-000
PIN, HINGE
FB4-8663-000
GRIP
FS7-2122-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
FS7-2123-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
FS7-2124-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
XA9-0870-000
AR
FB4-8712-000
PLATE, SUPPORT
FF5-8525-000
COVER, UPPER
8A
FC2-3140-000
CATCH, MAGNET
XA9-0629-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
10
FA6-2369-000
BLOCK, SLIDER
11
FF5-8540-000
MOUNT, SPRING, 1
12
FF5-8541-000
MOUNT, SPRING, 2
13
FS7-2120-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
14
FS7-2125-000
SPRING, COMPRESSION
15
FB4-8682-000
SPRING, LEAF, GROUNDING
16
FB4-8720-000
17
FF5-6194-000
ROLLER, FEED
18
FF5-8537-000
ROLLER, FEED
19
FS5-6357-000
ROLLER, DELIVERY
20
XA9-0591-000
SCREW,M3X8
21
FB3-0087-000
SPRING, LEAF
501
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
502
XD1-1107-239
SHIM
503
XD2-1100-402
RING,E
504
XD2-2100-502
RING,GRIP
SCREW,P,M4X10
Q37-2
FIGURE Q40
501
SEE FIGURE Q41
(J74)
20
(J71)
15
18
502
20A
18
503
14
13
503
(J775)
(J774)
507
1
506
12A
(J76)
19
16
(J77)
508
16
507
507
502
504
508
(J79)
(J73)
11
19
6
(J78)
(PI16) (J73)
(PI28) (J79)
(PI29) (J78)
(PI30) (J77)
17
10
5
12
504
505
508
506
503
29
28
502
(M10)
(J80)
10
505
21
506
508
7
26
27
2
4
503
23
24
25
22
503
Q40-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q40 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
Q
T
Y
RF
DESCRIPTION
FB5-9054-000
HOLDER, CABLE
FB5-9061-000
FLAG, SENSOR
FS5-3907-000
PULLEY, 16T/32T
FS5-6324-000
ROLLER
FS5-6655-000
ROLLER, IDLER
FS5-6903-000
ROLLER, STAPLER DRIVE
FS5-9432-000
SCREW, STEPPED, M4
FS7-2638-000
SPRING, TENSION
XA9-0592-000
SCREW, M4X6
10
FB5-9066-000
GUIDE, PAPER
11
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
PI16,28-30
J73,79,78,77
12
FG3-1839-000
CABLE, STAPLER SENSOR
J73,76-79
12A
VS1-6318-012
J76
13
FS5-6653-000
ROLLER, 1
14
FF6-1178-000
PLATE, CENTER ROLLER, FRONT
15
FF6-1179-000
PLATE, CENTER ROLLER, REAR
16
FS5-6667-000
ROLLER
17
FS7-2639-000
SPRING, TENSION
18
FS7-2640-000
SPRING, TENSION
19
XA9-0732-000
SCREW,RS,M4X8
20
FG3-1840-000
CABLE, STAPLER UNIT
20A
WT2-5178-000
CLIP, CABLE
21
FH6-1900-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
22
XF2-1307-060
BELT, TIMING
23
FB5-9042-000
BLOCK, STAPLER SLIDER
24
FB5-9067-000
HOLDER, BELT
25
XA9-1013-000
SCREW, M3X8
26
XF2-1335-060
BELT, TIMING
27
FS5-3908-000
PULLEY, 16T
J71,74,774,775
M10 J80
Q40-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q40 - 28
FB5-9050-000
KNOB, STAPLER
29
FF6-1182-000
ROLLER, PRESSURE
501
XB2-7400-607
SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6
502
XB6-7400-606
SCREW,TP,M4X6
503
XD2-1100-502
RING,E
504
XD2-1100-642
RING,E
505
XD2-1100-802
RING,E
506
XB1-2400-409
507
XD2-1100-322
RING,E
508
XB6-7400-609
SCREW,TP,M4X6
Q40-3
FIGURE Q41
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
4
501
502
3
2
5
(M11)
(J71)
(J74)
501
2
502
7
502
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q41 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7486-000
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
FB5-9052-000
HOLDER, STAPLER
FB5-9053-000
GUIDE, STAPLER SHEET
FB5-9057-000
GUIDE, INLET, LOWER
FB5-9069-000
SPRING, LEAF
FB5-9074-000
SPRING, LEAF
XA9-0915-000
SCREW,P,M3X6
FB5-9034-000
CARTRIDGE, STAPLER
FB5-9038-000
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
501
XB6-7300-609
SCREW,TP,M3X6
502
XB6-7400-409
SCREW,TP,M4X4
M11 J71,74
Q41-1
FIGURE Q45
11D
11A

K2 TYPE
(J746)
(PI34)
(J1003)
(M18)
(J1007)
208V
100V
11C (PI22)(J1009)
(PI25)(J1013)
(PI25) (J1013)
(PI33) (J1008)
(J745)
(J1008)
(J750)
(J1013)
(J1009)
(J1007)
(J1007)
11C
(PI22)
(J1009)
11B
503
11C
509
10
(J747)
16
(J1003)
(J1005)
508
509
32
508
9
(J744)
31
(M17)
30
11
2
(PI24)
(J1012)
7
2
33
505
502
12
28
508
504
501
29
8
B
23
501
SEE FIGURE Q46
505
24
506
502
5
22
21
507
27 505
26
505
505
14
20
506
501
25
(PI23)
(J1010)
501
505
27
13
15
(J1010)
17A
(J1012)
(J1006)
17B
(J1007)
18
19
6
Q45-1
(PI21)
(J1001)
(M19)
(J1005)
(J1131)
(J1001)
17
17C
1
1A
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q45 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG6-7539-000
PUNCH ASSEMBLY
K2 TYPE 100V
FG6-7540-000
PUNCH ASSEMBLY
K2 TYPE 208V
FG3-1977-000
CABLE, PUNCH PAPER SENSOR
J1001,1131
1A
WT2-5178-000
CLIP, CABLE
XA9-0732-000
AR
FB3-3834-000
KNOB
FB5-9161-000
LEVER, RELEASE
FB4-8684-000
XZ9-0522-000
RAIL, SLIDE
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
XA9-0892-000
FS7-2112-000
SPRING, TENSION
10
FG3-1871-000
CABLE, PUNCH UNIT, 2
SCREW,RS,M4X8
PI23,24 J1010,1012
100V
J745-747,750,1003
J1005,1007,1009,1013
FG3-1870-000
CABLE, PUNCH UNIT, 1
208V
J745-747,750,1003
J1005,1007-1009,1013
11
FG6-7548-000
PUNCH UNIT, 2 HOLE
100V
FG6-7549-000
PUNCH UNIT, 2/3 HOLE
208V
11A
FF6-1207-000
MOTOR, DC
M18 J1007
11B
FF6-1209-000
DUCT, WASTE
100V
FF6-1209-000
DUCT, WASTE
208V
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
100V
PI22,25 J1009,1013
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
208V
PI22,25,33
11C
J1009,1013,1008
11D
WG8-5464-000
PHOTO INTERRUPTER, TLP1253(C6)
12
XF2-1308-210
BELT, TIMING
13
FB5-9167-000
GUIDE, PAPER
14
FH6-1912-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
15
FS6-0557-000
GEAR, 12T/36T
16
VS1-5057-006
PI34 J1003
M19 J1005
J1005
Q45-2
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q45 - 17
Q45-3
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
FG3-1862-000
CABLE, PUNCH SIDE REGISTRATION
J1006,1007,1010,1131
17A
VS1-5057-003
J1006
17B
VS1-5057-009
J1007
17C
VS1-5057-004
J1131
18
FG3-1864-000
CABLE, PUNCH SHIFT H. POSITION
J1006,1012
19
FH7-7564-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
PI21 J1001
20
FS1-9009-000
SCREW,STEPPED,M3
21
FB5-2643-000
SCREW, WASTE APPROACH
22
FB5-2645-000
SCREW, WASTE DELIVERY
23
FB5-2646-000
CAM, WASTE CRUSH
24
FF5-8636-000
COVER, SCREW UPPER
25
FF5-8644-000
DUCT, WASTE
26
FS7-0404-000
GEAR, 22T
27
XG9-0214-000
BALL BEARING, NSK MR126JZZMC3
28
FB5-9148-000
HOLDER, BELT, 1
29
FB5-9149-000
HOLDER, BELT, 2
30
FF6-1205-000
SUPPORT, TENSION
31
FH6-1901-000
MOTOR, STEPPING, DC
32
FS2-9394-000
33
FS5-3255-000
PULLEY, 24T
501
XB1-2300-409
502
XB1-2400-409
10
503
XB4-7400-809
504
XB4-7400-609
505
XD2-1100-642
RING,E
506
XD3-2200-102
PIN,DOWEL
507
XD3-2200-142
PIN,DOWEL
508
XB1-2400-609
509
XB1-2300-609
M17 J744
FIGURE Q46
PUNCH WASTE FEED MOTOR ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)

K2 TYPE
501
2
503
(PI27)
(J1004)
(J742)
501
(J1004)
502
1
501
5
(M16)
(J749)
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q46 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
Q
T
Y
RF
DESCRIPTION
PUNCH WASTE FEED MOTOR ASS'Y

K2 TYPE
FB5-2650-000
SPRING, GROUNDING
FS7-0405-000
GEAR, 22T/RATCHET
WG8-5382-000
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
PI27 J1004
FG3-1863-000
CABLE, WASTE FEED MOTOR SENSOR
J742,1004
FG6-4847-000
MOTOR, DC
M16 J749
501
XB1-2300-409
502
XB6-7400-607
SCREW,TP,M4X6
503
XD2-1100-642
RING,E
Q46-1
FIGURE Q90
FINISHER CONTROLLER PCB ASSEMBLY
(IC110)
(IC107)
1
2
FG3-1875-000
1
WA3-7744-000
IC, M27C4002-80XF1, EP-ROM
IC110
WA7-1119-000
IC, S-93C66ADP,EEP-ROM,4K
IC107
FU101
VD7-1625-001
FUSE, 60V, 5A
FU102
VD7-1625-001
FUSE, 60V, 5A
IC113
FH4-5560-000
IC, M38881M2-010GP, IPC
Q90 -
Q90-1
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
FINISHER CONTROLLER PCB ASS'Y
FIGURE Q92
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q92 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y

AC
DESCRIPTION
FG3-1826-000
FU711
VD7-1627-001
FUSE, 60V, 7A
FU712
VD7-1621-002
FUSE, 60V, 10A
FU713
VD7-1625-001
FUSE, 60V, 5A
FU714
VD7-1627-001
FUSE, 60V, 7A
FU716
VD7-1623-001
FUSE, 60V, 3.0A
FU718
VD7-1627-001
FUSE, 60V, 7A
FU719
VD7-1625-001
FUSE, 60V, 5A
Q92-1
FIGURE Q93
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q93 FU741
Q93-1
R
A
N
K
PUNCH DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY (K2 TYPE)

K2 TYPE
FG3-1829-000
Q
T
Y
1
VD7-1621-001
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PUNCH DRIVER PCB ASSEMBLY

K2 TYPE
FUSE, 60V, 1A
FIGURE Q94
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q94 -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
FG3-1827-000
Q
T
Y
1
DESCRIPTION
Q94-1
LIST OF CONNECTORS (1/5)
FIGURE QB
(1/5)
J96
J27
J26
J20
J25
J97
J95
J24
J76
J21
J31
J23
J30
J28
J33
J77
J35
J78
J32
J79
J73
J37
J71
J80
QB-1
J74
FIGURE QB
(2/5)
J72
J67
J68
J64
J66
J65
J62
J59
J60
J63
J61
J58
QB-2
FIGURE QB
(3/5)
J1123
J43 J1002
J40
J53
J41
J52
J42
J44
J34 J46
J48
J50
J51
J49
J55
J54
J39 J38 J45
J57
QB-3
FIGURE QB
(4/5)
J86
J83
J81
J87
J70
J1124
J100
J91
J36
J93
J94
J92
J1121
J89
J1122/1127
QB-4
FIGURE QB

(5/5)
J1004
J1003
J1007
J1013
J1006
J1012
J1009
J1001
QB-5
J1008
J1010
J1007
J1131 J1005
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B -
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
J19
J21
J22
J23
J24
J26
J27
J28
J29
J30
DESCRIPTION
LIST OF CONNECTORS
UPPER PASS CHANGE SOLENOID
VS1-5057-002
VS1-6321-002
NPN
BUFFER PASS CHANGE SOLENOID
VS1-5057-002
VS1-6321-002
PCB
SL2
SL1
BUFFER PASS PAPER SENSOR
VS1-0842-004
VS1-0842-007
VS1-5057-007
VS1-6321-007
NPN
BUFFER PASS REAR PAPER SENSOR
NPN
UPPER COVER OPEN/CLOSE SENSOR
VS1-0842-003
VS1-5057-003
VS1-6321-003
NPN
NON SORT PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR
VS1-0842-003
VS1-0842-004
VS1-5057-004
VS1-6320-004
PCB
PI3
VS1-6321-003
PI5
PI6
LOWER PASS PAPER SENSOR
VS1-0842-004
VS1-5057-003
VS1-6320-003
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
A TRAY SENSOR LED
NPN
VS1-0842-003
J25
RF
PCB
VS1-6321-002
J20
Q
T
Y
QB-6
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q B - J31
VS1-5057-004
VS1-6320-004
J32
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J33
J34
J35
J36
J37
J38
J39
J40
BIND PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-6314-005
VS1-6318-005
NPN
SHEET PRESS SOLENOID
VS1-5057-003
WS3-5358-000
SOCKET CONTACT, 22-26AWG
VS1-5824-003
NPN
BELT MOTOR
VS1-6321-005
VS1-6313-011
VS1-6314-011
VS1-6319-022
VT2-5161-022
HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 22P
VS1-6313-011
VS1-6314-011
VS1-6319-022
VT2-5161-022
NPN
REAR JOG MOTOR
NPN
NPN
PI32
SL5
M20
M5
M4
FRONT JOG HOME POSITION SENSOR
PI4
FRONT JOG MOTOR
PI31
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-6321-003
QB-7
SORT PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-6320-003
VS1-6321-005
J42
NPN
VS1-6321-005
J41
BELT HOME POSITION SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6320-003
DESCRIPTION
PI7
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J43
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J44
J45
J46
J49
J50
J51
J53
DELIVERY AUXILIARY SOLENOID
VS1-6320-002
VS1-6313-009
VS1-6314-009
VS1-6314-009
VS1-6319-018
VT2-5161-018
NPN
TRAY SUPPORT MOTOR
PCB
PI8
SL4
M6
B TRAY SENSOR PTR
NPN
SWING MOTOR CLOCK SENSOR
VS1-6320-003
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-0842-002
VS1-5057-002
VS3-5083-002
WS3-5160-000
VS1-0842-004
VS1-5057-004
VS1-6320-004
NPN
PAPER FEED MOTOR CLOCK SENSOR
NPN
PI9
PI11
TRAY AUXILIARY PLATE SENSOR
VS1-6320-003
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-0842-002
VS1-5057-002
VS1-5824-002
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-0842-003
J52
VS1-5057-002
VS1-6321-004
J48
DESCRIPTION
REAR JOG HOME POSITION SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6321-005
J47
Q
T
Y
PI10
QB-8
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q B - J53
WS3-5358-000
J54
VS1-5824-002
WS3-5358-000
WS3-5649-000
WT1-5220-000
RECEPTACLE
VS3-5116-002
VS3-5207-002
CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE
WS3-5174-000
SOCKT CONTACT,16-20AWG
WS3-5354-000
PIN CONTACT, 16-20AWG
J55
J57
J58
J59
J60
J61
J62
J63
QB-9
NPN
FRONT DOOR SWITCH 2
VS3-5207-002
CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE
WS3-5354-000
VS1-0108-004
CONNECTOR, 4P, MALE
VS1-0279-004
WS3-0437-000
WS3-0885-000
NPN
SWING MOTOR
VS3-0108-002
WS3-0885-000
NPN
BIND DELIVERY MOTOR
VS3-0108-002
WS3-0885-000
VS1-6314-004
VS1-6318-004
NPN
SHUTTER HOME POSITION SENSOR
VS1-6321-003
VS1-6313-008
VS1-6314-008
VS1-6319-016
VT2-5161-016
MSW8
M8
M7
PI12
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q B - J64
VS1-0842-008
VS1-5057-008
VS1-6321-008
J65
NPN
VS1-0842-003
J66
J67
VS1-5057-005
J72
J73
J76
J77
PI14
PI15
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
INLET PAPER PASS SENSOR
NPN
STAPLER MOTOR
WS3-5018-000
SOCKET, CONTACT, AWG18-24
NPN
FEEDER COOLING FAN
VS1-5057-003
VS1-6321-003
NPN
STAPLER HOME POSITION SENSOR
NPN
PI2
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-5923-002
M11
FM2
PI16
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
STAPLER MOTOR
VS1-6373-007
WS3-5569-000
PIN, CONTACT
VS1-6313-012
VS1-6318-012
M9
B TRAY SENSOR LED
NPN
NPN
PI13
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
SWING GUIDE OPEN SENSOR
PCB
VS1-6320-003
J74
SWING GUIDE CLOSE SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J71
PADDLE MOTOR
NPN
VS1-6320-002
J70
VS1-0842-005
VS1-6320-003
J69
PADDLE HOME POSITION SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J68
DESCRIPTION
BELT MOVE SENSOR 3
M11
PI30
QB-10
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q B - J77
VS1-6320-003
J78
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J79
J81
WS3-0885-000
J85
J86
J89
J90
A TRAY PAPER SENSOR
POWER SUPPLY
WS3-5160-000
PCB
POWER SUPPLY
VS3-5083-010
WS3-5160-000
10
NPN
A TRAY PAPER CLOCK SENSOR
NPN
1
PI19
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
TRAY SWITCH
PCB
MSW3
CONNECTOR
POWER SUPPLY
NPN
TRAY SHIFT UP MOTOR 2
PCB
PI20
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS1-6320-005
QB-11
VS1-6321-013
M13
VS3-5083-003
VS1-6321-004
M10
A TRAY ARIA SENSOR
PCB
WS3-5666-000
J88
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J87
TRAY SHIFT UP MOTOR 1
PCB
VS1-6320-003
J84
STAPLER SHIFT MOTOR
NPN
PI28
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
VS3-0108-006
VS1-6320-005
J83
PI29
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
BELT MOVE SENSOR 1
NPN
VS1-6321-013
J82
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
BELT MOVE SENSOR 2
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J80
DESCRIPTION
M12
B TRAY ARIA SENSOR
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q B - J91
VS1-5057-002
VS1-5824-002
VS1-6321-002
WS3-5358-000
J92
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J93
J94
J103
J104
DOOR OPEN/CLOSE SENSOR
PI1
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6534-004
WS3-5658-000
SOCKET CONTACT
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-011
VS1-6314-011
M3
A TRAY SENSOR PTR
PCB
VS1-6314-007
M2
PAPER INLET PASS SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J101
M1
PAPER DELIVERY MOTOR
PCB
VS1-6321-004
J100
SL3
BUFFER MOTOR
PCB
VS1-6321-004
J99
PI18
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
INLET PASS MOTOR
NPN
VS1-6320-013
J98
PI17
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
SUB TRAY SOLENOID
NPN
VS1-6321-013
J97
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
B TRAY PAPER CLOCK SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6321-013
J96
NPN
VS1-6320-003
J95
B TRAY PAPER SENSOR
NPN
VS1-6320-003
DESCRIPTION
QB-12
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J104
J105
J106
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
VT2-5161-022
PCB
J108
J109
J110
J111
VS1-6314-009
VT2-5161-018
PCB
J113
QB-13
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-008
VS1-6314-008
VT2-5161-016
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-014
VS1-6314-014
CONNECTOR, 14P, MALE
VT2-5161-028
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-014
VS1-6314-014
VT2-5161-028
PCB
VS1-0842-002
J112
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6314-005
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS3-5083-002
WS3-5160-000
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-013
VS1-6314-013
VT2-5161-026
VS1-6313-009
VS1-6314-004
J107
DESCRIPTION
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J114
J116
J117
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
PCB
J119
J120
J121
J127
WS3-5471-000
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
K2 TYPE
VS1-6313-015
K2 TYPE
VS1-6314-015
K2 TYPE
VT2-5161-030
K2 TYPE
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-014
VS1-6314-014
VT2-5161-028
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-008
VS1-6314-008
VT2-5161-016
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VT2-5161-026
VS1-6314-013
VS1-6313-013
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6313-016
VS1-6314-016
VT2-5161-032
PCB
VS1-6314-007
J128
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6314-013
J124
DESCRIPTION
VS1-6534-004
VS1-6314-009
J118
Q
T
Y
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
DC CONTROLLER
QB-14
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J128
J711
J712
J714
J715
J716
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
VS1-6534-005
CONNECTOR, 5P, MALE
WS3-5658-000
SOCKET CONTACT
PCB
1
WS3-5160-000
10
PCB
J718
J720
J721
J741
FUSE BOX
WS3-5160-000
PCB
FUSE BOX
VS3-5083-008
WS3-5160-000
PCB
FUSE BOX
NPN
POWER SUPPLY COOLING FAN
PCB
FUSE BOX
PCB
1
FUSE BOX
PCB
FUSE BOX
VS3-5116-002
WS3-5174-000
PCB
FUSE BOX
VS1-6534-002
CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE
WS3-5658-000
SOCKET CONTACT
PCB
FUSE BOX
VS3-5083-003
WS3-5160-000
PCB
FM1
FUSE BOX
PCB
VS1-6313-015
QB-15
VS1-6314-004
J719
VS3-5083-002
VS1-5452-007
FUSE BOX
VS3-5083-010
VS1-6314-008
J717
DESCRIPTION
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
K2 TYPE
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J741
J742
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
J744
J745
J746
J747
J748
J750
J771
K2 TYPE
VT2-5161-030
K2 TYPE
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
K2 TYPE
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
PCB
1
PCB
VS3-5083-002
K2 TYPE
WS3-5160-000
K2 TYPE
PCB
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
NPN
PUNCH REGISTRATION MOTOR
K2 TYPE
M17
PCB
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
VS1-5824-006
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
PCB
VS1-0279-002
K2 TYPE
WS3-0437-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
PCB
VS1-5824-009
K2 TYPE
VS1-6094-009
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
18
K2 TYPE
VS1-6053-018
K2 TYPE
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
K2 TYPE
PCB
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
NPN
PUNCH DUST FEED MOTOR
K2 TYPE
M16
PCB
PUNCHER DRIVER
K2 TYPE
PCB
VS1-6314-008
J749
DESCRIPTION
VS1-6314-015
VS1-0842-004
J743
Q
T
Y
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PCB
STAPLER DRIVER
VS3-5116-002
WS3-5174-000
QB-16
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B - J772
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
PCB
VS1-6314-014
J773
J774
J775
J776
J941
J971
J1001
J1002
J1004
QB-17
STAPLER DRIVER
STAPLER DRIVER
WS3-5358-000
PCB
STAPLER DRIVER
VS3-5116-002
WS3-5174-000
PCB
STAPLER DRIVER
VS1-6534-006
WS3-5658-000
SOCKET CONTACT
PCB
1
PCB
PUNCHER DUST SENSOR
K2 TYPE
K2 TYPE
OPTION SWITCH
VS1-6313-016
VS1-6314-016
VT2-5161-032
NPN
PUNCH REGISTRATION SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI21
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH DUST BOX SET SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI26
K2 TYPE
PUNCH MOTOR CLOCK SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI34
NPN
1
NPN
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH DUST FEED SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI27
K2 TYPE
PUNCH SENSOR SHIFT MOTOR
K2 TYPE
M19
NPN
VS1-0842-004
J1005
VS1-5824-007
VS1-6321-003
J1003
PCB
VS1-6321-005
STAPLER DRIVER
PCB
VS1-6314-007
DESCRIPTION
NPN
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
Q B - J1005
VS1-5057-006
K2 TYPE
VS1-5824-006
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
VS1-0842-003
K2 TYPE
VS1-5057-003
K2 TYPE
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
VS1-5824-009
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
18
K2 TYPE
VS1-5057-009
K2 TYPE
PUNCH MOTOR
K2 TYPE
M18
J1006
J1007
NPN
J1008
J1009
J1010
J1012
J1121
VS1-0279-002
K2 TYPE
WS3-0437-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH 2/3 HOLE SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI33
NPN
VS1-6094-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH MOTOR H. POSITION SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI22
NPN
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH SENSOR H.POSITION SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI23
NPN
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
PUNCH HOME POSITION SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI24
K2 TYPE
PUNCH FRONT SENSOR
K2 TYPE
PI25
NPN
VS1-0842-003
J1013
DESCRIPTION
NPN
VS1-5824-003
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
SYS
TO COPIER
FH2-6481-000
HOUSING
WS3-5044-000
SOCKET, CONTACT, 18-24AWG
QB-18
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
R
A
N
K
Q
T
Y
DESCRIPTION
Q B - J1121
VS1-5452-007
J1122
VS1-6380-003
VS3-5121-003
CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE
WS3-5291-000
PIN CONTACT
WS3-5292-000
SOCKET CONTACT
VS1-5729-002
CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE
VS3-5116-002
WS3-5174-000
WS3-5301-000
PIN CONTACT
J1123
J1124
J1127
J1129
J1131
QB-19
NPN
FRONT DOOR SWITCH 1
K1 TYPE 100V
K1 TYPE 100V
MSW1
WS3-5649-000
WT1-5220-000
RECEPTACLE
VS1-6380-003
K1 TYPE 100V
K2 TYPE
WS3-5292-000
SOCKET CONTACT
K1 TYPE 100V
K2 TYPE
PCB
DC CONTROLLER
VS1-6534-002
CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE
WS3-5658-000
SOCKET CONTACT
VS1-0842-004
K2 TYPE
VS1-5057-004
K2 TYPE
VS1-5824-004
K2 TYPE
WS3-5358-000
K2 TYPE
C
I.
II.
SCREWS ............................................................ C - 2
I.
A. Machine screws
. C - 3
(for precision use) ........................................ C - 3

B. Pan head machine screws ............................ C - 3
E. Binding head machine screws ..................... C - 3
. C - 3
F. Flat head machine screws ............................ C - 3

G. Self-tapping screws ...................................... C - 3
. C - 3
H. Pan head machine screws with

captive spring washer .................................. C - 3
K. Washer head machine screws ...................... C - 4
. C - 4
L. Hex socket setscrews and

socket head cap screws ................................ C - 4
NUTS .................................................................. C - 4
. C - 3
. C - 3
. C - 3
.
C - 4
II.
III. C - 5
.S & T. C - 5
.
C - 6
U. Plain Washers, spring washers&

toothed lock washers .................................... C - 6
IV. RETAINING RINGS ......................................... C - 7
V. E rings .......................................................... C - 7
IV.
W. Grip rings ..................................................... C - 7

X. C rings .......................................................... C - 8
PINS .................................................................... C - 9
V.
Y. Spring and dowel pins ................................. C - 9

VI. SPACERS ........................................................... C - 9
Z. Spacers ......................................................... C - 9
VI.
C - 4
. C - 4
M. Hexagon nuts ............................................... C - 4

III. WASHER AND SHIM WASHERS .................. C - 5
N. S&T. Shim washers ..................................... C - 5
V.
C - 2
C - 7
.E C - 7
. C - 7
.C C - 8
C - 9
.
C - 9
C - 9
. C - 9
STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992 PRINTED IN JAPAN [IMPRIME AU JAPON]
C-1
I.
How to read Part Numbers
Screws (except socket head cap screws)
Classification symbol ......................... Binding head machine screw
Nominal diameter (d) ......................... M4.0
Length ( ) .......................................... 6.0mm

Material and surface ........................... Steel (black zinc plated) See table 1.
treatment
Socket head cap screws
Classification symbol ......................... Socket head cap screw
Nominal diameter (d) ......................... M8
Length ( ) .......................................... 40mm

Material and surface ........................... Steel (black zinc plated) See table 1.
treatment
Material and surface treatment

Color
Blackened
Black
Without surface treatment
White
Nickel plated
White
Black nickel plated
Black
Zinc plated
No.
1
Material
Surface treatment
Yellow
Nickel and chrome plated
White
Nickel plated
White
Phosphated
Black
Black zinc plated
Black
Brass
Steel
Table 1
Stainless
C-2
-
. MACHINE SCREWS (FOR PRECISION USE)
. SELF-TAPPING SCREWS
Pan head self-tapping screws
Pan head machine Screws
Binding head self-tapping screws
. PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREWS
Flat head machine Screws
Flat head self-tapping screws
. PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREWS WITH

CAPTIVE SPRING WASHER
. BINDING HEAD MACHINE SCREWS
. FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS
C-3
-
II.
. WASHER HEAD MACHINE SCREWS
class 3

d
class 1
1
. HEX SOCKET SETSCREWS

AND SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
. HEXAGON NUTS
Hex socket setscrews
Nominal diameter (d) .. M3
Hexagon nut
d
Material and surface

treatment .................................... Steel
(black zinc plated)
....class 1
1
....class 3
3
Socket head cap screws
C-4
-
III.
. S&T. SHIM WASHERS
Inner diameter (d) ... 2.6mm

t
Shim washer
Outer diameter (D) .. Class 2 (See table 2)
2 2
Thickness code (t) ... 0.5mm
See table 3.
3
* Material : Brass

D (mm)
d (mm)
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
1.5
2.6
3.2
1.8
2.7
3.1
3.7
2.1
3.2
3.6
4.2
2.3
3.6
4.6
2.6
4.4
3.1
4.6
5.6
3.6
5.4
5.8
6.4
4.1
5.7
6.6
Thickness code
4.6
6.4
7.4
5.2
7.2
8.2
10
0.05
5.7
7.8
11
0.1
6.2
8.5
9.8
12
0.2
6.7
9.2
10.5
13
0.3
11.4
14
0.4
0.5
7.2
10
t (mm)
7.7
10.6
12.2
15
8.2
11.4
13
16
0.6
8.7
12
13.8
17
0.7
9.2
12.8
14.6
18
0.8
9.7
13.5
15.4
19
Table 2
Table 3
C-5

. PLAIN WASHERS, SPRING WASHERS & TOOTHED LOCK WASHERS
Plain washers
Inner diameter (d) ...... 3.0mm
Plain washer

treatment ..................... Steel (nickel plated)
Spring washers
Spring washer

treatment ..................... Steel (nickel plated)
Toothed lock washers
Inner toothed
type
Outer toothed
type
Inner diameter (d) ...... 3mm
Toothed lock washer

treatment ..................... Stainless (without
....Inner toothed type
surface treatment)
....Outer toothed type
C-6
-
IV.
V. E RINGS

E ring
. GRIP RINGS
...class 1
1
...class 2
2
2 ......... Stainless (without surface treatment)
7 ......... Steel (nickel plated)

d
Grip ring

treatment ..................... Stainless (without
surface treatment)
C-7

. C RINGS
C
External type
Shaft
Nominal diameter (d) . 20mm
d1
d3
C ring
2 ......... Stainless (without surface treatment)
8 ......... Steel (phosphated)
Internal type
Hole
d1
d3
...External type
...Internal type
External type
Internal type
Nominal
diameter
d1 (mm)
d3 (mm)
Nominal
diameter
d1 (mm)
d3 (mm)
010
012
014
015
016
017
018
020
022
025
028
030
032
035
10
12
14
15
16
17
18
20
22
25
28
30
32
35
Table 4
9.3
11.1
12.9
13.8
14.7
15.7
16.5
18.5
20.5
23.2
25.9
27.9
29.6
32.2
010
011
012
014
016
018
019
020
022
025
028
030
032
035
037
d1 (mm)
d3 (mm)
40
42
45
47
50
52
55
60
62
68
72
75
80
85
90
95
43.5
45.5
48.5
50.5
54.2
56.2
59.2
64.2
66.2
72.5
76.5
79.5
85.5
90.5
95.5
100.5
10
11
12
14
16
18
19
20
22
25
28
30
32
35
37
10.7
11.8
13
15.1
17.3
19.5
20.5
21.5
23.5
26.9
30.1
32.1
34.4
37.8
39.8
Table 5
C-8
Nominal
diameter
040
042
045
047
050
052
055
060
062
068
072
075
080
085
090
095
-
V. P S
Y. SPRING AND DOWEL PINS
Spring pins
Nominal diameter (D) .. 2.0mm
Spring pin
Length ( ) .................... 12mm


treatment ....................... Stainless (without
surface treatment)
Dowel pins
Nominal diameter (d) ... 2.0mm
Dowel pin
Length ( ) .................... 8mm

treatment ....................... Stainless (without
surface treatment)
VI.
Z. SPACERS
Nominal diameter (d) ... 3.0mm

d
Spacer
Length ( ) .................... 3.0mm

treatment ....................... Steel (zinc plated)
C-9
D
PART NUMBER
4A1-0746-000
4S1-9002-000
FA2-5970-000
FA3-4725-000
FA5-5377-000
FA6-0768-020
FA6-2369-000
FB1-7099-020
FB1-7173-000
FB1-7214-000
FB2-0037-000
FB3-0087-000
FB3-0122-000
FB3-0123-030
FB3-3834-000
FB3-7285-000
FB4-8236-000
FB4-8237-000
FB4-8238-000
FB4-8239-000
FB4-8240-000
FB4-8246-000
FB4-8248-000
FB4-8250-000
FB4-8263-000
FB4-8265-000
FB4-8266-000
FB4-8271-020
FB4-8275-020
FB4-8276-000
FB4-8277-000
FB4-8278-000
FB4-8279-000
FB4-8280-020
FB4-8284-000
FB4-8285-020
FB4-8286-000
FB4-8297-000
FB4-8298-000
FB4-8302-000
FB4-8303-000
FB4-8304-000
FB4-8306-000
FB4-8307-000
FB4-8310-000
FB4-8320-000
FB4-8321-000
FB4-8328-000
FB4-8329-000
FB4-8336-000
FB4-8337-000
FB4-8339-000
FB4-8340-000
FB4-8344-020
FB4-8345-000
FB4-8360-000
FB4-8361-000
FB4-8366-000
FB4-8368-020
FB4-8376-000
FB4-8392-000
FB4-8394-000
FB4-8395-000
FB4-8397-000
FB4-8404-000
FB4-8406-000
FB4-8407-000
FB4-8408-000
FB4-8413-000
FB4-8421-000
FB4-8427-000
FB4-8430-000
FB4-8431-000
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q20
Q12
Q22
Q30
Q20
Q30
Q30
Q33
Q37
Q30
Q37
Q12
Q10
Q37
Q10
Q30
Q45
Q20
Q20
Q16
Q10
Q11
Q10
Q11
Q01
Q10
Q11
Q11
Q01
Q01
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q19
Q10
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q19
Q19
Q18
Q18
Q19
Q01
Q10
Q01
Q23
Q23
Q21
Q21
Q22
Q22
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
1
12
1
1
2
16
21A
2
10
70
1
1
1
21
2
2
3
82A
85A
1
10A
7
10B
14
1
10C
2
3
2
3
8A
11
12
13
14
15
16
8B
8C
8D
1
9A
1
2
23
24
3
2
4
15
18
3
5
9
12
10
13
11
14
6
27
21
24B
26B
4
17
5
10A
10B
1
2
12
2
8
9
6
14
22
23
20
44A
60
45
3
4
NUMERICAL INDEX
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
FB4-8436-000
FB4-8438-000
FB4-8439-000
FB4-8441-000
FB4-8442-000
FB4-8453-000
FB4-8457-000
FB4-8458-000
FB4-8459-000
FB4-8460-000
FB4-8592-000
FB4-8600-000
FB4-8602-000
FB4-8604-000
FB4-8615-000
FB4-8616-000
FB4-8617-000
FB4-8618-000
FB4-8619-000
FB4-8620-000
FB4-8622-000
FB4-8623-000
FB4-8624-000
FB4-8630-000
FB4-8641-000
FB4-8645-000
FB4-8657-000
FB4-8661-000
FB4-8663-000
FB4-8668-000
FB4-8682-000
FB4-8684-000
FB4-8690-000
FB4-8697-020
FB4-8698-000
FB4-8701-000
FB4-8702-000
FB4-8703-000
FB4-8704-000
FB4-8712-000
FB4-8713-000
FB4-8715-000
FB4-8716-000
FB4-8717-000
FB4-8718-000
FB4-8720-000
FB4-8721-000
FB4-8722-000
FB4-8725-000
FB4-8727-000
FB4-8728-000
FB5-2636-000
FB5-2643-000
FB5-2645-000
FB5-2646-000
FB5-2647-000
FB5-2650-000
FB5-2656-000
FB5-2662-000
FB5-2674-000
FB5-2694-000
FB5-8986-000
FB5-8987-000
FB5-8988-000
FB5-8989-000
FB5-8990-000
FB5-8991-000
FB5-8992-000
FB5-8993-000
FB5-8994-000
FB5-8995-000
FB5-8996-000
FB5-9000-000
FB5-9004-000
FB5-9005-000
FB5-9006-000
FB5-9007-000
FB5-9011-000
FB5-9016-000
FB5-9017-000
FB5-9018-000
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q24
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q30
Q33
Q01
Q10
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q31
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q36
Q30
Q35
Q32
Q30
Q37
Q30
Q37
Q35
Q45
Q30
Q10
Q10
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q37
Q30
Q32
Q33
Q12
Q30
Q37
Q30
Q01
Q10
Q10
Q10
Q12
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q17
Q46
Q12
Q12
Q30
Q12
Q21
Q21
Q21
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q24
Q31
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q31
Q20
Q20
Q20
66A
67
68
61
11
5
6
7
8
9
84
1
6
10D
3
4
5
67
6
7
7
8
9
1
59
2
1
65
2
85
15
3
5
86
10E
10F
1
2
3
4
7
10
3
3
5A
60
16
62A
7
3
4
5
8
21
22
23
2
1
21
7
51
4A
3
4
5
72
73
74
75
77
78
83
84
66B
65
48
21
12
79
82B
85B
22
10
80
81
PART NUMBER
FB5-9020-000
FB5-9021-000
FB5-9023-000
FB5-9024-000
FB5-9025-000
FB5-9026-000
FB5-9027-000
FB5-9033-000
FB5-9034-000
FB5-9038-000
FB5-9042-000
FB5-9043-000
FB5-9044-000
FB5-9050-000
FB5-9052-000
FB5-9053-000
FB5-9054-000
FB5-9057-000
FB5-9061-000
FB5-9063-000
FB5-9065-000
FB5-9066-000
FB5-9067-000
FB5-9069-000
FB5-9070-000
FB5-9072-000
FB5-9073-000
FB5-9074-000
FB5-9075-000
FB5-9079-000
FB5-9080-000
FB5-9082-000
FB5-9083-000
FB5-9094-000
FB5-9097-000
FB5-9098-000
FB5-9103-000
FB5-9104-000
FB5-9118-000
FB5-9121-000
FB5-9123-000
FB5-9124-000
FB5-9128-000
FB5-9132-000
FB5-9133-000
FB5-9135-000
FB5-9138-000
FB5-9148-000
FB5-9149-000
FB5-9161-000
FB5-9167-000
FB5-9173-000
FB5-9181-000
FB5-9287-000
FB5-9302-000
FC2-3140-000
FC2-5102-000
FF3-3599-000
FF3-3600-000
FF3-3604-000
FF3-3605-000
FF3-3613-000
FF3-3746-000
FF5-3800-000
FF5-3804-000
FF5-6194-000
FF5-8461-000
FF5-8462-000
FF5-8463-030
FF5-8464-000
FF5-8481-000
FF5-8483-000
FF5-8486-000
FF5-8489-000
FF5-8490-000
FF5-8491-000
FF5-8493-000
FF5-8494-000
FF5-8495-000
FF5-8496-000
FF5-8500-020
FF5-8509-000
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q21
Q20
Q20
Q21
Q24
Q24
Q21
Q24
Q41
Q41
Q40
Q11
Q11
Q40
Q41
Q41
Q40
Q41
Q40
Q10
Q11
Q40
Q40
Q41
Q11
Q10
Q20
Q41
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q34
Q34
Q34
Q01
Q31
Q35
Q30
Q30
Q31
Q01
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q15
Q10
Q12
Q10
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q01
Q12
Q12
Q01
Q37
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q20
Q15
Q30
Q30
Q31
Q32
Q37
Q30
Q30
Q01
Q01
Q22
Q23
Q24
Q24
Q24
Q20
Q24
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q30
6
86
87
7
15
16
8
12
7
8
23
15
16
28
1
2
1
3
2
10G
4
10
24
4
5
10H
39
5
75
76
77
12
13
17
8
13
1
78
87
18
16
19
20
21
14
1E
3
3
18
28
29
4
13
9
14
16
10
8A
68
61
58
66
44B
1
11
13
5
2
17
14
15
11
12
3
1
1
17
18
41
24
11
58
46
49
62
D-1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
FF5-8523-000
FF5-8524-030
FF5-8525-000
FF5-8527-000
FF5-8529-000
FF5-8530-000
FF5-8531-000
FF5-8532-000
FF5-8534-000
FF5-8536-000
FF5-8537-000
FF5-8538-000
FF5-8540-000
FF5-8541-000
FF5-8547-000
FF5-8548-060
FF5-8550-000
FF5-8551-000
FF5-8626-000
FF5-8636-000
FF5-8644-000
FF5-9618-000
FF6-1164-000
FF6-1165-000
FF6-1168-000
FF6-1169-000
FF6-1178-000
FF6-1179-000
FF6-1182-000
FF6-1185-000
FF6-1186-000
FF6-1188-000
FF6-1189-000
FF6-1190-000
FF6-1191-000
FF6-1192-000
FF6-1193-000
FF6-1194-000
FF6-1196-000
FF6-1205-000
FF6-1207-000
FF6-1208-000
FF6-1209-000
FF6-1219-000
FF6-1242-000
FG2-9785-000
FG3-0081-000
FG3-0082-000
FG3-0089-000
FG3-1826-000
FG3-1827-000
FG3-1828-000
FG3-1829-000
FG3-1832-000
FG3-1837-000
FG3-1838-000
FG3-1839-000
FG3-1840-000
FG3-1841-000
FG3-1842-000
FG3-1843-000
FG3-1845-000
FG3-1846-000
FG3-1849-000
FG3-1850-000
FG3-1851-000
FG3-1854-000
FG3-1856-000
FG3-1857-000
FG3-1860-000
FG3-1861-000
FG3-1862-000
FG3-1863-000
FG3-1864-000
FG3-1865-000
FG3-1866-000
FG3-1867-000
D-2
Q30
Q30
Q31
Q37
Q10
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q35
Q30
Q30
Q33
Q37
Q30
Q37
Q37
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q17
Q45
Q45
Q12
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q40
Q40
Q40
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q31
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q34
Q45
Q45
Q30
Q45
Q45
Q12
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q36
Q30
Q20
Q30
Q12
Q92
Q94
Q18
Q19
Q93
Q12
Q11
Q11
Q40
Q40
Q16
Q15
Q30
Q22
Q20
Q18
Q19
Q11
Q30
Q34
Q23
Q31
Q24
Q45
Q46
Q45
Q12
Q11
Q15
92
96
8
8
7
17
93
94
18
4
57
97
4
18
19
11
12
20
52
21
22
1
24
25
4
82
85
88
89
14
15
29
15
16
23
24
23
79
80
81
88
1
30
11A
15
11B
11B
5
91
20
23
3
64
37
53
13
26
30
2
10
11
12
20
4
55
11
69
25
29
17
90
11
12
27
26
17
4
18
11
12
1
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
FG3-1870-000
FG3-1871-000
FG3-1875-000
FG3-1972-000
FG3-1973-000
FG3-1977-000
FG3-1979-000
FG6-3051-050
FG6-3063-000
FG6-3076-000
FG6-3086-020
FG6-3103-000
FG6-3170-000
FG6-3178-000
FG6-3179-000
FG6-3191-000
FG6-3326-000
FG6-4847-000
FG6-7458-000
FG6-7462-000
FG6-7463-000
FG6-7466-000
FG6-7469-000
FG6-7474-000
FG6-7486-000
FG6-7501-000
FG6-7506-000
FG6-7509-000
FG6-7510-000
FG6-7511-000
FG6-7519-000
FG6-7525-000
FG6-7530-000
FG6-7531-000
FG6-7539-000
FG6-7540-000
FG6-7548-000
FG6-7549-000
FG6-7607-000
FH2-5006-000
FH2-6481-000
FH2-6482-000
FH2-6483-000
FH2-6487-000
FH3-2630-000
FH3-2631-000
FH4-5560-000
FH6-1579-000
FH6-1644-000
FH6-1645-000
FH6-1647-000
FH6-1652-000
FH6-1898-000
FH6-1899-000
FH6-1900-000
FH6-1901-000
FH6-1905-000
FH6-1906-000
FH6-1912-000
FH7-6336-000
FH7-7564-000
FS1-1189-000
FS1-1202-000
FS1-1213-000
FS1-1433-000
FS1-1452-030
FS1-9005-000
FS1-9009-000
FS1-9078-000
FS1-9120-000
FS1-9168-000
FS1-9255-000
FS2-1528-000
FS2-1617-000
FS2-3470-000
FS2-3488-000
FS2-3504-000
FS2-3514-000
FS2-3527-000
Q45
Q45
Q90
Q30
Q30
Q45
Q20
Q30
Q10
Q18
Q19
Q10
Q23
Q20
Q37
Q32
Q33
Q35
Q17
Q46
Q20
Q22
Q23
Q20
Q21
Q24
Q41
Q36
Q34
Q31
Q30
Q30
Q15
Q10
Q18
Q19
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q15
Q01
Q16
Q B
Q16
Q16
Q16
Q11
Q11
Q90
Q11
Q20
Q20
Q18
Q19
Q36
Q30
Q23
Q40
Q45
Q22
Q34
Q45
Q12
Q45
Q20
Q34
Q34
Q20
Q31
Q20
Q30
Q45
Q20
Q22
Q31
Q30
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q30
Q20
Q20
Q30
- 10
- 10
- 56
- 56
- 1
- 38
- 54
- 8
- 24
- 26
- 9
- 10
- 44
- 5
- 66
- 10
- 11
- 11
- 15
- 2
- J1121
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- 6
- IC113
- 13
- 50
- 44E
- 24D
- 26D
- 2
- 24
- 2
- 21
- 31
- 13
- 2
- 14
- 17
- 19
- 12
- 3
- 4
- 13
- 25
- 28
- 25
- 20
- 14
- 4
- 6
- 12
- 26
- 22
- 25
- 15
- 27
- 16
- 17
- 28
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
FS2-6466-000
FS2-6488-000
FS2-6581-000
FS2-9394-000
FS5-0677-000
FS5-0801-020
FS5-0804-000
FS5-3255-000
FS5-3744-000
FS5-3746-000
FS5-3747-000
FS5-3748-000
FS5-3750-000
FS5-3751-000
FS5-3752-000
FS5-3905-000
FS5-3907-000
FS5-3908-000
FS5-6158-000
FS5-6237-000
FS5-6243-000
FS5-6307-000
FS5-6324-000
FS5-6357-000
FS5-6381-000
FS5-6487-000
FS5-6653-000
FS5-6655-000
FS5-6657-000
FS5-6661-000
FS5-6662-000
FS5-6663-000
FS5-6667-000
FS5-6900-000
FS5-6901-000
FS5-6903-000
FS5-6904-000
FS5-6905-000
FS5-6908-000
FS5-6941-000
FS5-9360-000
FS5-9432-000
FS5-9438-000
FS6-0541-000
FS6-0557-000
FS6-8795-000
FS7-0346-000
FS7-0347-000
FS7-0349-000
FS7-0350-000
FS7-0351-000
FS7-0355-000
FS7-0356-000
FS7-0357-000
FS7-0358-000
FS7-0359-000
FS7-0404-000
FS7-0405-000
FS7-2081-000
FS7-2088-000
FS7-2089-000
FS7-2093-020
FS7-2107-000
FS7-2108-000
FS7-2109-000
FS7-2110-000
FS7-2111-000
FS7-2112-000
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q23
Q20
Q30
Q45
Q30
Q34
Q20
Q24
Q45
Q18
Q19
Q23
Q23
Q20
Q24
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q30
Q40
Q40
Q24
Q20
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q40
Q37
Q30
Q30
Q40
Q40
Q31
Q30
Q21
Q21
Q40
Q20
Q30
Q40
Q34
Q30
Q34
Q34
Q30
Q30
Q40
Q12
Q34
Q45
Q24
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q45
Q46
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q22
Q24
Q20
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q45
18
59
19
3
51
29
32
82
5
40
19
33
4
7
4
5
20
2
42
62
21
30
3
27
13
47
31
16
19
52
4
19
32
33
13
5
9
69
9
10
16
76
83
6
14
34
15
16
95
35
7
18
6
15
7
13
16
14
17
17
20
24C
26C
24A
26A
53
54
55
22
70
26
2
18
21
23
5
10
24
36
37
38
39
40
41
9
PART NUMBER
FS7-2114-000
FS7-2115-000
FS7-2118-000
FS7-2120-000
FS7-2121-000
FS7-2122-000
FS7-2123-000
FS7-2124-000
FS7-2125-000
FS7-2632-000
FS7-2633-000
FS7-2634-000
FS7-2635-000
FS7-2636-000
FS7-2638-000
FS7-2639-000
FS7-2640-000
FS7-2643-000
FS7-2646-000
FU3-0004-000
FU3-0005-000
FU3-0006-000
FU3-0008-000
FU3-0009-000
PCB
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q31
Q35
Q30
Q37
Q30
Q37
Q37
Q37
Q37
Q24
Q20
Q31
Q34
Q30
Q40
Q40
Q40
Q21
Q12
Q20
Q30
Q30
Q34
Q22
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
10
5
89
13
42
3
4
5
14
3
25
26
7
71
8
17
18
11
19
26
72
73
8
6
J19
J22
J29
J47
J69
J82
J84
J85
J88
J90
J98
J99
J101
J103
J104
J105
J106
J107
J108
J109
J110
J111
J112
J113
J114
J116
J117
J118
J119
J120
J121
J124
J127
J128
J711
J712
J714
J715
J716
J717
J718
J719
J720
J721
J741
J742
J743
J744
J745
J746
J747
J748
J749
J750
J771
J772
J773
J774
J775
J776
J941
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
PCB
RA1-2483-000
RH7-1289-000
RS1-1042-000
VD7-1621-001
VD7-1621-002
VD7-1623-001
VD7-1625-001
VD7-1627-001
VS1-0108-004
VS1-0279-002
VS1-0279-004
VS1-0842-002
VS1-0842-003
VS1-0842-004
VS1-0842-005
VS1-0842-007
VS1-0842-008
VS1-5057-002
VS1-5057-003
VS1-5057-004
VS1-5057-005
VS1-5057-006
VS1-5057-007
VS1-5057-008
VS1-5057-009
VS1-5452-007
VS1-5729-002
Q B
Q B
Q20
Q22
Q23
Q15
Q20
Q93
Q92
Q92
Q90
Q90
Q92
Q92
Q92
Q92
Q92
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q11
Q20
Q20
Q22
Q30
Q30
Q31
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q45
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q20
Q30
Q30
Q45
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q20
Q B
Q45
Q B
Q30
Q B
Q20
Q B
Q45
Q B
Q16
Q B
Q B
Q B
J971
J1129
43
7
6
2
71
FU741
FU712
FU716
FU101
FU102
FU713
FU719
FU711
FU714
FU718
J58
J746
J1007
J58
J49
J53
J111
J24
J26
J27
J51
J65
J1006
J1012
J22
J28
J29
J50
J742
J1004
J1131
J66
J23
J64
10A
69A
90
11A
55A
56A
27A
J20
J21
J44
J49
J53
J91
55B
56B
66A
17A
J26
J30
J36
J72
J1006
69B
55C
58A
17C
J28
J31
J50
J1131
44C
J66
16
J1005
61A
J23
44D
J64
17B
J1007
6
J717
J1121
J1123
PART NUMBER
VS1-5824-002
VS1-5824-003
VS1-5824-004
VS1-5824-006
VS1-5824-007
VS1-5824-009
VS1-5923-002
VS1-6053-018
VS1-6094-003
VS1-6094-009
VS1-6313-008
VS1-6313-009
VS1-6313-011
VS1-6313-012
VS1-6313-013
VS1-6313-014
VS1-6313-015
VS1-6313-016
VS1-6314-004
VS1-6314-005
VS1-6314-007
VS1-6314-008
VS1-6314-009
VS1-6314-011
VS1-6314-013
VS1-6314-014
VS1-6314-015
VS1-6314-016
VS1-6318-004
VS1-6318-005
VS1-6318-012
VS1-6319-016
VS1-6319-018
VS1-6319-022
VS1-6320-002
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q11
Q B
Q30
Q B
Q40
Q B
Q11
Q B
Q11
Q B
Q11
Q22
Q B
Q B
Q B
J53
J54
J91
J36
J750
J1001
J1003
J1006
J1009
J1010
J1013
J1131
J745
J1005
J774
J747
J1007
J71
J747
J1008
J747
J63
J107
J119
J45
J105
J38
J39
J104
J76
J113
J120
J109
J110
J118
J116
J741
J124
J971
J61
J106
J718
J35
J108
J103
J127
J773
J63
J107
J119
J716
J748
J45
J45
J105
J117
J38
J39
J104
J113
J120
J121
J109
J110
J118
J772
J116
J741
J124
J971
10B
J61
55D
J35
12A
J76
10C
J63
10D
J45
10E
11B
J38
J39
J44
D-3
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
VS1-6320-002
VS1-6320-003
VS1-6320-004
VS1-6320-005
VS1-6320-013
VS1-6321-002
VS1-6321-003
VS1-6321-004
VS1-6321-005
VS1-6321-007
VS1-6321-008
VS1-6321-013
VS1-6373-007
VS1-6380-003
VS1-6534-002
VS1-6534-004
VS1-6534-005
VS1-6534-006
VS3-0108-002
VS3-0108-006
VS3-5083-002
VS3-5083-003
VS3-5083-008
VS3-5083-010
VS3-5116-002
VS3-5121-003
VS3-5207-002
VT2-5161-016
D-4
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q15
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
J69
J30
J32
J33
J34
J43
J48
J52
J67
J68
J70
J73
J77
J78
J79
J83
J86
J92
J93
J94
J100
J28
J31
J50
J82
J90
J97
J19
J20
J21
J91
J25
J26
J42
J62
J72
J1002
J47
J88
J98
J99
J37
J40
J41
J46
J941
J23
J64
J81
J89
J95
J96
J74
1A
J1122
J1127
J720
J1129
J101
J114
J128
J776
J59
J60
J80
J49
J112
J712
J743
J84
J721
J714
J85
J711
J55
J719
J771
J775
J1123
J1122
J55
J57
J63
J107
J119
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
VT2-5161-018
VT2-5161-022
VT2-5161-026
VT2-5161-028
VT2-5161-030
VT2-5161-032
WA3-7744-000
WA7-1119-000
WC4-5159-000
WD3-5075-000
WE8-5496-000
WG8-5382-000
WG8-5464-000
WS3-0437-000
WS3-0885-000
WS3-5018-000
WS3-5044-000
WS3-5160-000
WS3-5174-000
WS3-5291-000
WS3-5292-000
WS3-5301-000
WS3-5354-000
WS3-5358-000
WS3-5471-000
WS3-5569-000
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q90
Q90
Q19
Q15
Q16
Q12
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q22
Q23
Q30
Q34
Q40
Q45
Q45
Q45
Q46
Q20
Q45
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q16
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q15
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
J45
J105
J38
J39
J104
J113
J120
J109
J110
J118
J116
J741
J124
J971
1
2
28
3
9
9
12
15
27
8
11
63
9
11
7
11C
11C
3
56
11D
J58
J746
J1007
J58
J59
J60
J80
J71
7
J1121
J49
J84
J85
J112
J711
J712
J714
J721
J743
J55
J719
J771
J775
J1123
J1122
1B
J1122
J1127
J1123
J55
J57
J36
J53
J54
J91
J745
J747
J750
J774
J1001
J1003
J1005
J1006
J1007
J1008
J1009
J1010
J1013
J1131
J114
J74
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
WS3-5649-000
WS3-5658-000
WS3-5666-000
WT1-0237-000
WT1-5156-000
WT1-5220-000
WT2-0260-000
WT2-5041-000
WT2-5178-000
WT2-5565-000
XA9-0195-000
XA9-0591-000
XA9-0592-000
XA9-0605-000
XA9-0606-000
XA9-0629-000
XA9-0633-000
XA9-0687-000
XA9-0722-000
XA9-0732-000
XA9-0870-000
XA9-0892-000
XA9-0915-000
XA9-0949-000
XA9-1013-000
XA9-1031-000
XA9-1302-000
XB1-2300-409
XB1-2300-609
XB1-2301-209
XB1-2301-409
XB1-2302-509
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q B
Q16
Q15
Q B
Q B
Q15
Q15
Q20
Q31
Q40
Q45
Q31
Q34
Q37
Q40
Q10
Q10
Q12
Q19
Q24
Q30
Q32
Q33
Q10
Q10
Q11
Q12
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q22
Q23
Q24
Q37
Q01
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q30
Q10
Q11
Q12
Q30
Q40
Q45
Q37
Q45
Q20
Q41
Q01
Q40
Q31
Q12
Q12
Q12
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q24
Q30
Q31
Q34
Q35
Q45
Q46
Q12
Q15
Q20
Q22
Q23
Q30
Q36
Q45
Q18
Q19
Q36
Q24
Q20
J54
J1124
J101
J128
J720
J776
J1129
J87
8
1C
J54
J1124
1D
4A
69C
27C
20A
1A
27B
10
20
9
10J
19
6
31
4
43
4
5
6
20
8
15
5
8
29
9
7
25
9
13
6
9
63
44
21
1
10
45
19
2
6
8
30
6
14
25
17
20
501
501
506
506
519
506
501
504
501
501
501
501
503
501
501
503
501
502
501
509
507
507
502
507
517
PART NUMBER
XB1-2400-409
XB1-2400-606
XB1-2400-609
XB1-2403-009
XB2-6300-607
XB2-7400-607
XB4-7300-806
XB4-7400-609
XB4-7400-809
XB4-7401-207
XB6-7300-606
XB6-7300-609
XB6-7300-809
XB6-7400-409
XB6-7400-606
XB6-7400-607
XB6-7400-609
XB7-2201-209
XD1-1106-220
XD1-1106-221
XD1-1107-239
XD1-1108-212
XD1-1108-220
XD1-1108-222
XD1-4200-402
XD2-1100-242
XD2-1100-322
XD2-1100-402
XD2-1100-502
XD2-1100-642
XD2-1100-802
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
Q20
Q40
Q45
Q15
Q15
Q20
Q30
Q31
Q32
Q34
Q35
Q36
Q45
Q11
Q15
Q18
Q19
Q15
Q40
Q17
Q45
Q12
Q45
Q17
Q11
Q20
Q22
Q30
Q41
Q20
Q41
Q40
Q46
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q30
Q40
Q11
Q20
Q31
Q37
Q30
Q20
Q24
Q24
Q15
Q15
Q20
Q22
Q30
Q34
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q23
Q31
Q37
Q40
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q30
Q37
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q23
Q24
Q30
Q31
Q34
Q35
Q40
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q23
Q24
Q30
Q34
Q40
Q45
Q46
Q40
514
506
502
502
502
502
503
501
501
502
502
503
508
501
503
511
511
504
501
501
504
502
503
502
502
503
501
504
501
516
502
502
502
501
501
518
512
508
503
504
503
502
513
505
501
504
505
505
506
502
505
506
504
504
507
502
505
501
507
509
509
515
506
503
508
508
508
503
508
507
502
503
503
503
502
502
509
504
502
508
504
504
505
503
505
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
PART NUMBER
XD2-2100-502
XD3-2200-082
XD3-2200-102
XD3-2200-122
XD3-2200-142
XD3-2200-162
XD3-2200-182
XD3-2300-162
XD9-0151-000
XF2-1110-240
XF2-1111-060
XF2-1114-040
XF2-1117-340
XF2-1307-060
XF2-1308-210
XF2-1335-060
XF2-1606-610
XF9-0333-000
XF9-0357-000
XF9-0358-000
XF9-0539-000
XF9-0591-000
XF9-0693-000
XF9-0694-000
XF9-0695-000
XF9-0696-000
XG9-0214-000
XG9-0362-000
XG9-0365-000
XG9-0403-000
XG9-0407-000
XG9-0459-000
XZ9-0465-000
XZ9-0522-000
Q37
Q20
Q20
Q45
Q20
Q24
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q20
Q24
Q30
Q34
Q45
Q18
Q19
Q30
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q18
Q19
Q22
Q20
Q20
Q20
Q40
Q45
Q40
Q30
Q20
Q23
Q20
Q23
Q20
Q30
Q30
Q30
Q18
Q19
Q45
Q31
Q18
Q19
Q30
Q20
Q24
Q30
Q20
Q20
Q11
Q45
PART NUMBER
FIGURE
&
KEY NO.
504
510
511
506
512
503
509
505
505
513
505
510
505
507
510
510
511
514
503
503
19
22
10
64
31
57
22
12
26
46
32
8
33
9
34
47
48
49
7
10
27
11
8
11
50
35
5
74
36
91
9
6
D-5
-
7 - 5 - 1
2 0 0 1 3
Prepared by
OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS QUALITY ASSURANCE CENTER
CANON INC.
Printed in U.S.A.
REVISION 0 [ MAR. 2001 ]
5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-city, Ibaraki 302-8501, Japan
This publication is
printed on 100%
recycled paper.
PRINTEDINU.S..A.

Finisher K1, Finisher K2 Parts and Service Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Finisher K1, Finisher K2 Parts and Service Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

FINISHER K1/K2

COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).

Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.

Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the

Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

2 Outline of the Sevice Manual

The following rules apply throughout this document:

1.3 Module isolation switch ................ 1-7

CHAPTER 2 OPERATION OVERVIEW

1.3.13 Inputs to and Outputs from the

5 STAPLING ........................................ 2-47

7.1.4 Horizontal registration

CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

1.2.3 Removing the Paddle Unit .... 3-15

1.3.8 Points to Note When Handling the

1.7.3 Positioning the Stapler .......... 3-34

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2.1 Finisher Unit ................................. 4-2

1.1.9 Adjusting the Punch Hole

2.1.1 Sensors .................................. 5-19

3.1.10 E535 (swing motor M8 fault;

5 PUNCH DRIVER PCB .................... A-29

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Postcards feed in the R direction only.

Stacking ability not guaranteed. The whole stack is

No offset stacking in Tray A

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Note 2: Width with folder connected is 986mm

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Punch related items (Finisher K2 only)

Punch waste capacity

Punch waste 'Full'

Press-punch system (paper stops momentarily to be punched)

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.2.2 Cross sections

[15] [14][13][12] [11]

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.3 Module isolation switch

E590, E593, E594, E595

Use the module isolation switch to isolate the

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4 Operation of the module

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

In the event of a malfunction in

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Push the lever all the way to the back.

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

2 MAINTENANCE BY THE USER

Replace staple cartridge (finisher)

indicator flashes (on copier control panel)

CHAPTER 2 OPERATION OVERVIEW

Swing guide control system

Alignment control system

CHAPTER 2 OPERATION OVERVIEW

1.2 Outline of Electrical Circuit

CHAPTER 2 OPERATION OVERVIEW

1.3 Inputs to and Outputs from the Finisher Controller PCB

When the front cover

When paper is at the